Home

"service manual"

1. EWAP950AJYNN The illustration below shows the outlook the dimensions and the installation and service space of the unit mm 2230 7110 40 Control ars a t Air discharge EA L Optional right hand i i evaporator water 20 R See detail B D 350 685 2225 80 80 Frame See detail A g L hey Ech th Ach Md Fan arrangements and minimum a sj uP E U ul clearance requirements gt ich ch eerie da CHH FLH BOL BUJ o 300 1700 2930 1500 e Detail A rubber isolator Isolators location Fixing bolt not furnished Detail B me Concrete footing M16 M20 Victaulic coupling furnished E I D 13 N 4 holes Connecting pipe furnished 168 786011 h m 786010 m 1 20 Part 1 System Outline ESIE07 11 General Outline Components The table below lists the components No Component 1 Condenser coil 2 Evaporator 3 Evaporator water inlet 4 Evaporator water outlet 5 Victaulic connections for 219 1 O D tube 6 Operating and control panel 7 360x150 slot for power and control panel connection 8 4 lifting shackles 9 8 isolator mounting holes 25 mm DIA 10 Coil protection guards optional 11 Compressor enclosure optional Version Condenser type Weight KG Isolators load KG Shippi
2. EWAPC12AJYNN The illustration below shows the outlook the dimensions and the installation and service space of the unit mm 2230 9170 40 Control box gt Air discharge Optional right hand E evaporator water YO IAE 3 N MU a r i See detail B U t YE 2225 80 T 50 Frame fiso ofololllo olojo lo i 1800 ojojo ojo lojojojo 1500 See detail A 1800 o 6 th Gr Ech Ch Arh Fan arrangements and minimum 3 clearance requirements 7 ch 3 ch rh rp MET HE eE oop gE al 2000 2545 2545 1500 650 Y Detail A rubber isolator Isolators location Fixing bolt not furnished Detail B Z Concrete footing uzi Victaulic coupling furnished K El 1D 13 N 4 holes Connecting pipe furnished 184 1 26 Part 1 System Outline ESIE07 11 General Outline Components The table below lists the components No Component 1 Condenser coil 2 Evaporator 3 Evaporator water inlet 4 Evaporator water outlet 5 Victaulic connections for 219 1 O D tube 6 Operating and control panel 7 360x150 slot for power and control panel connection 8 8 lifting shackles 9 10 isolator mounting holes 25 mm DIA 10 Coil protection guards optional 11 Compressors enclosure optional Vers
3. EWAP AJYNN 8 EWAP AJYNN A Standard A unit Sound pressure level at 1m from the unit in free field rif 2 x 105 unit size size 63Hz 125Hz 250Hz 500Hz 1000H 2000 4000 8000 dBa z Hz Hz Hz 800 850 78 5 79 0 80 5 76 5 76 0 73 0 64 5 56 0 80 5 900 900 78 5 79 0 80 5 76 5 76 0 73 0 64 5 55 5 80 5 950 950 79 0 78 5 81 0 77 0 76 0 74 0 66 0 56 5 81 0 C10 C10 78 0 78 5 80 5 77 5 76 5 73 0 65 0 57 0 81 0 C11 C11 78 5 79 0 80 5 78 0 77 0 73 0 64 5 56 0 81 0 C12 C12 78 5 79 0 80 5 78 0 77 0 73 0 64 5 56 0 81 0 C13 C13 79 0 79 0 81 0 78 5 77 0 73 5 64 5 56 5 81 5 C14 C14 79 5 79 5 81 5 79 0 76 5 73 5 65 0 57 0 81 5 C15 C15 79 5 80 0 81 5 79 5 76 5 73 0 66 0 58 0 81 5 C16 C16 79 0 81 0 81 5 79 5 76 5 73 5 65 5 57 5 81 5 C17 79 0 81 5 82 0 79 5 76 5 73 5 66 0 58 0 81 5 C18 79 0 81 5 81 5 79 0 76 5 73 5 66 0 57 5 81 5 EWAP AJYNN amp EWAP AJYNN A OPRN Standard unit A unit Sound pressure level at 1m from the unit in free field rif 2 x 105 size size 63Hz 125Hz 250Hz 500Hz 1000H 2000 4000 8000 dBa z Hz Hz Hz 800 850 74 5 71 5 74 5 71 5 70 0 67 5 58 5 51 5 75 0 900 900 75 0 72 0 74 5 71 5 70 5 67 5 59 0 51 5 75 0 950 950 75 5 72 5 75 0 72 0 71 0 67 5 59 5 52 0 75 5 C10 C10 75 5 73 0 75 5 72 5 71 0 69 0 59 5 52 5 76 0 C11 C11 76 0 73 0 76 0 72 5 71 0 69 0 60 0 53 0 76 0 C12 C12 77 0 73 5 76 5 73 0 71 5 69 0 60 5 53 5 76
4. Formula mula Q 35 83 x P kW AT C x 1 N where Q minimum water content per unit expressed in litres P minimum cooling capacity of the unit expressed in kW AT evaporator entering leaving water temperature dif ference expressed in C N Number of compressors For more accurate determination of quantity of water it is advisable to contact the designer of the plant Air heat exchanger Type Lanced fins internally spiral wound tubes Water Heat Exchanger Type Shell and tube Minimum water volume 432 432 432 419 419 419 in the system Water flow Min min 1629 1643 1634 2346 2356 2390 rate Nominal min 3890 4091 4291 4572 4713 4957 Max min 5153 5195 5166 7417 7452 7559 Nominal water pres Cooling Heat Pa 57 62 69 38 40 43 sure drop exchan ger Water Heat Exchanger Model Quantity 1 1 1 1 1 1 Fan Type Helical Drive Direct drive Diameter mm 800 800 800 800 800 800 Nominal air flow m3 min 8292 8622 9468 9288 9618 9948 Model Quantity 25 26 28 28 29 30 Speed rpm 860 860 860 860 860 860 Motor w 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 Output Discharge direction Vertical Compressor Type Semi hermetic single screw compressor Refrigerant oil charge 28 28 28 28 28 28 Model Quantity 3 3 3 3 3 3 Speed rpm 2950 2950 2950 2950 2950 2950 Sound Level Sound Cooling dBA 104 104 105 105 105 105 power Sound Cooling dBA 81 5 81 5 81 5 81 5 81 5
5. Step Action 21 Fie Edt View Favortes Tools Help EB E Asa Troes B S E WEG ER CG Folde JIL 4 size type modfied C database 2 al zpr EUWS 72HZ File Folder 13 09 21 O Docs software v2 4M6 Fie Folder 7407 20 C ESV EEV battery error Cl Software V3 0M6 Fe Folder 31 01 21 C ESV TRANE Cl Trane software File Folder 7407 20 C ESV Trane Final C winload for R5485 converter USB connection File Folder 27jo7 2 CJ Foto s Afrika 2134 Release Info 8KB Microsoft Word Doc 16 06 21 C fotos japan Modified 22 12 2003 8 33 82 901 Release Info 6KB Microsoft Word Doc 12 06 21 C info chillers 3 COMPORT 6KB Adobe Acrobat Doc 10 04 21 E O inspection reports Li S FTCOMMS vxD 24KB Vrtualdevice diver 10 06 21 H O Music Attributes normal SjFroreus 9KB Security Catalog 10 04 21 My Data Sources Froreus 4KB Setup Information 16 06 21 1 CJ My Music 19 fedbus sys 19KB System file 16 06 21 23 My Pictures SjlFTotPoRT 8KB Security Catalog 10 04 21 2 fa New Folder 8 FTDIPORT SKB Setup Information 16 06 21 C OFFICEXPS0DAYSTRIALACTIVATOR 5 FTDIUNZK 1KB Configuration Settings 10 04 21 CJ screensaver FTDIUNIN 405 KB Application 10 04 21 E E semi conductor FrOLUNIN 1KB Configuration Settings 10 04 21 68 2 Service manuals 8 FTSENUM SYS 25KB System file 10 06 21 C ship interventions FTsENUM vxD BKB Virtual device driver 10 06 21 CJ Sim rem 9 ftse
6. N A Unit a AIR AMBIENT TEMPERATURE C size z 25 30 35 40 45 46 cc Pl cc Pl cc Pl cc PI cc PI cc PI C15 4 1517 1 413 0 1447 2 454 8 1373 8 502 0 1296 4 555 2 1214 5 615 1 1197 6 628 0 5 1560 7 418 6 1489 3 460 5 1414 3 507 6 1335 4 560 5 1251 9 620 2 1234 6 633 0 6 1604 7 424 5 1531 9 466 3 1455 5 513 3 1374 8 566 1 1289 8 625 5 1272 2 638 2 7 1649 5 430 4 1575 2 472 3 1497 1 519 3 1414 9 571 9 1328 1 631 0 1310 2 643 6 8 1694 8 436 5 1619 0 478 5 1539 3 525 4 1455 5 577 9 1367 0 636 7 1348 7 649 3 9 1740 6 442 8 1663 3 484 8 1582 1 531 7 1496 6 584 1 1406 4 642 7 1387 6 655 2 C16 4 1617 8 441 8 1542 1 486 2 1462 8 536 2 1379 2 592 6 1290 7 656 2 1272 6 669 8 5 1664 5 448 0 1587 2 492 4 1506 2 542 4 1420 8 598 5 1330 7 661 8 1312 0 675 3 6 1711 8 454 4 1633 0 498 8 1550 3 548 7 1463 1 604 7 1371 0 667 6 1352 1 681 1 7 1759 8 460 9 1679 2 505 4 1594 7 555 2 1505 9 611 0 1412 0 673 6 1392 7 687 0 8 1808 3 467 6 1726 2 512 2 1640 0 561 9 1549 2 617 6 1453 6 680 0 1433 8 693 3 9 1857 4 474 5 1773 6 519 1 1685 7 568 9 1593 2 624 4 1495 6 686 5 1475 4 699 8 C17 4 1672 4 475 3 1593 1 523 5 1509 9 577 8 1421 9 639 1 1329 0 708 1 1309 7 722 9 5 1720 1 482 0 1639 1 530 3 1554 1 584 5 1464 5 645 5 1369 7 714 1 1350 0 728 8 6 1768 3 489 0
7. Part 1 System Outline 1 77 General Outline ESIE07 11 SYMBOLS NOTES CC Cooling capacity kW 1 Values are based on PI Power input for the compressor only kW e AT 5 C entering leaving condenser water temperature TRC Total Heat Recovery Capacity kW e AT 5 C entering leaving condenser water temperature and with evap fouling factor 0 0176m2 C kW LWE Leaving Water Evaporator C condenser fouling factor 0 0440 m2 C kW LWTR Leaving Water Total Heat Recovery C 1 78 Part 1 System Outline ESIE07 11 General Outline EWAP850 C14AJY NN AC15 C18 zie blad Unit size LWTR w 40 45 50 55 cc PI TRC CC PI TRC Cc PI TRC Cc PI TRC 850 4 801 4 267 0 1068 4 757 3 297 4 1054 7 710 7 332 4 1043 1 661 5 372 6 1034 1 5 826 7 269 0 1095 7 781 7 299 2 1080 9 734 2 333 7 1067 9 683 9 373 4 1057 3 6 852 5 271 2 1123 7 806 5 301 0 1107 5 758 0 335 2 1093 2 706 8 374 4 1081 2 7 878 6 273 4 1152 0 831 7 303 0 1134 7 782 3 336 9 1119 2 730 0 375 5 1105 5 8 905 2 275 8 1181 0 857 3 305 2 1162 5 806 9 338 7 1145 6 753 6 376 9 1130 5 9 932 2 278 2 1210 4 883 3 307 4 1190 7 831 9 340 6 1172 5 777 6 378 4 1156 0 900 4 900 5 294 0 1194 5 850 2 325 7 1175 9 797 4 361 8 1159 2 741 6 402 8 1144 4 5 929 2 2
8. B1 Oil pressure 1 Oil pressure 3 B2 Oil pressure 2 Oil pressure 4 B3 Setpoint Override B4 Gas temperature on compressor Gas temperature on compressor discharge 1 discharge 3 B5 Gas temperature on compressor Gas temperature on compressor discharge 2 discharge 4 B6 Gas pressure on compressor discharge Gas pressure on compressor discharge 1 3 B7 Gas pressure on compressor discharge Gas pressure on compressor discharge 2 4 B8 Demand limit Current limit z B9 In water Temperature common on 2 In water Temperature common on 2 Evap unit Evap unit B10 Evaporator Out water Temperature Evaporator Out water Temperature Common on 2 Evap unit Common on 2 Evap unit Part 3 Troubleshooting Checking the Inputs and Outputs ESIE07 11 2 4 List of Digital Outputs The table below gives an overview of all the digital outputs N BOARD 1 Start Compressor 1 BOARD 2 Start Compressor 3 Load Compressor 1 Load Compressor 3 Unload Compressor 1 Unload Compressor 3 Liquid Injection 1 Liquid Injection 3 Liquid Line 1 Liquid Line 3 First step fan 1 Second step fan 1 First step fan 3 Second step fan 3 Third step fan 1 Third step fan 3 Start Compressor 2 Start Compressor 4 10 Load Compressor 2 Load Compressor 4 11 Unload Compre
9. Starting method Star delta Notes Allowed voltage tolerance 10 Voltage unbalance between phases must be within 3 Max unit starting current Starting current of biggest compressor 75 of nominal absorbed current of the other compressor fans current Max unit current for wires sizing compressor FLA Full Load Ampere fans current Part 1 System Outline 1 15 General Outline ESIE07 11 1 6 Outlook Drawing EWAP AJYNN EWAP800AJYNN The illustration below shows the outlook the dimensions and the installation and service space of the unit mm 6210 40 t Air discharge E z E 2230 Control box 6 Optional right hand 20 evaporator water ES See detail B 5707 80 2065 80 OY 252D 425 F 2225 Frame olej oT 1500 O E STOTOlO See detail A 1800 jo a Ech th AHH Fan arrangements and minimum clearance CH m q requirements wa 2 Q Si ch ch ch FEE oboe BEE o Loo 2930 m _ 1500__ Isolators location Detail A rubber isolator Fixing bolt not furnished ge Detail B Concrete footing a R 2 M16 132 Victaulic coupling furnished LD 13 N 4 holes Connecti
10. Adress E hu lestuane dake confenisotwarkseriefozi eiak m OO O o l Pe Links gt DAIKIN Air conditioning Refreshes your life ds Print this page Home Marketing Document Library E Data Books Chiller PCO e 1 Go back to the PCO software download page on the extranet Pa s required to upgrade P 2 Click on the model name ks first inverter fan unit 4 standard unit in daikineurope_c2 Contact us e Remark fy you ant to combine the heat recove DICN Please send mail to f S Stepless compressor units Please read remarks first Hydrocube zl 12 2 Daikin Extranet EUWA_MZY Air Cooled Microsoft Internet Explorer provided by Daikin Europe m 181 xj Fie Edit Favorites Tools Help Bak y gt OLE A Bsearch Favorites Ameda J 4 El A Address http extranet daikineurope com en software service pco2 step EUWA_MZY jsp v 6 Links ES WDAIKIN Air conditioning Refreshes your life Sitemap Search My Profile Log out Contact Us Help Home gt Software Downloads gt Service Software gt Chiller PCO gt step Home Marketing e EOWA MZY A xi Document Library E Data Book lt y Some files can harm your computer If the file information below arta EUWA_MZY Airi Xe looks suspicious or you do not fully trust the source do not open or Hews save this
11. L standard unit 40 E with Fanspeed control device OPFS EF with Low ambient operation OPLA 20 ae a lg 0 40 7 7 7 A 20 I I I glycol Iwater rrr Leaving i evaporator 30 water 20 10 o 0 20 30 RE Unit version EWAP AJYNN OPRN OPLN Max ambient temperature 1 38 C Min ambient temperature 10 C 2 Max leaving evaporator water temperature 10 C Min leaving evaporator water temperature without glycol 4 C Min leaving evaporator water temperature with glycol 8 C Max evaporator AT 6 C Min evaporator AT 4 Notes 1 The max ambient temperature refers to units working at full load With higher temperatures the chillers will unload 2 6 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 Operation Range 2 When the air temperature is lower than 10 C the fan speed control device OPFS should be used It allows the unit to work with air temperature down to 10 C Low ambient operation OPLA allows it to reach 18 C Part 2 Functional Description 2 7 Operation Range ESIE07 11 1 4 Operational Range EWAP AJYNN A Operational range The illustration below shows the operational range of EWAP AJYNN A Ambient C 50 de pp Ste __ standard unit 40 E with Fanspeed control device OPFS EF with Low ambient operation OPLA 20 ospr 5 5 0 A ros c toe EN 48 20 I I i I glycol _ Iwater gt
12. Components The table below lists the components No Component 1 Condenser coil 2 Evaporator 3 Evaporator water inlet 4 Evaporator water outlet 5 Victaulic connections for 219 1 O D tube 6 Operating and control panel 7 360x150 slot for power and control panel connection 8 8 lifting shackles 9 12 isolator mounting holes 25 mm DIA 10 Coil protection guards optional 11 Compressors enclosure optional Version Con Weight KG Isolators load KG denser Ship Operat A B C D E F G H L M N P type ping ing EWAPC18AJY Aluminium NN A Acrylic 10360 10830 117 117 120 12 126 12 64 640 430 43 705 70 EWAPC18AJY coated 5 5 0 00 5 65 0 0 5 NN A OPRN EWAPC18AJY Aluminium 10720 11190 123 123 128 12 130 13 64 640 430 43 705 70 NN A OPLN Acrylic 5 5 0 80 5 05 0 0 5 coated EWAPC18AJY NN A EWAPC18AJY Rubber Type q ty 786010 m 4Pz 786010 m 4Pz NN A OPRN isolators EWAPC18AJY NN A OPLN Part 1 System Outline 1 59 General Outline ESIE07 11 1 8 Capacity tables EWAP AJYNN EWAP800 C14AJY NN Unit size i AIR AMBIENT TEMPERATURE C 25 30 35 40 42 cc PI cc PI cc PI cc PI cc PI 800 4 808 7 248 3 768 6 275 7 726 4 307 3 681 4 343 5 66
13. E 425 7 2225 lt Frame gt See detail A 2 m m on rL R lis ul DI mj mE eH CH TE uE N L G E c A g 8 E R P M i H 1 E F R Y E 1 el EE EH e cl qa 410 2345 2545 2345 2345 1500 Isolators location Victaulic coupling furnished Connecting pipe furnished Detail B See detail B 80 _ 2065 Optional right hand evaporator water 1800 Fan arrangements and minimum clearance requirements Fixing bolt not furnished Concrete footing MZD l 1 D 13 N 4 holes Detail A rubber isolator 1 34 Part 1 System Outline ESIE07 11 General Outline Components The table below lists the components No Component 1 Condenser coil 2 Evaporator 3 Evaporator water inlet 4 Evaporator water outlet 5 Victaulic connections for 219 1 O D tube 6 Operating and control panel 7 360x150 slot for power and control panel connection 8 8 lifting shackles 9 12 isolator mounting holes 25 mm DIA 10 Coil protection guards optional 11 Compressors enclosure optional Version Con Weight KG Isolators load KG denser Ship Oper A B C D E F G H L M N P type ping ating
14. Part 1 System Outline 1 49 General Outline ESIE07 11 EWAPC13AJYNN A The illustration below shows the outlook the dimensions and the installation and service space of the unit mm 1 50 Part 1 System Outline ESIE07 11 General Outline Components The table below lists the components No Component 1 Condenser coil 2 Evaporator 3 Evaporator water inlet 4 Evaporator water outlet 5 Victaulic connections for 219 1 O D tube 6 Operating and control panel 7 360x150 slot for power and control panel connection 8 8 lifting shackles 9 12 isolator mounting holes 25 mm DIA 10 Coil protection guards optional 11 Compressors enclosure optional Version Con Weight KG Isolators load KG denser Ship Operat A B C D E F G H L M N P type ping ing EWAPC13AJYN Alumin N A ium 9350 9620 115 115 955 95 112 11 51 515 510 51 550 55 EWAPC13AJYN Acrylic 5 5 5 5 25 5 0 0 N A OPRN ee EWAPC13AJYN Alumin 9710 9980 121 12 103 10 116 11 54 515 510 51 550 55 N A OPLN ium 5 5 5 35 5 65 5 0 0 Acrylic coated EWAPC13AJYN N A EWAPC13AJYN Rubber Type q ty 786010 m 4Pz 786010 m 4Pz N A OPRN isolators EWAPC13AJYN N A OPLN Part 1 System Outline 1 51 General Outline ESIE07 11 EWAPC14AJYNN A 2230 The illustration below shows the outlook the dimensions and the installation and service space of the un
15. Local Disk C Becurity Catalog 10 04 21 CD Apps pe up Information 16 06 21 CI BMSCONFIGEN b 16 06 21 C BMSCONFIGMB Becurity Catalog 10 04 21 C BMSCONFIGMBZ Betup Information 16 06 21 C Burning software onfiguration Settings 10 04 21 Carel 10 04 21 QQ Carel_upload guration Settings 10 04 21 C damage b 10 06 21 HC Datas ual device driver 10 06 21 B oel 16 06 21 EC Documents and lt fg 5 10 06 21 C Lotus Notes Arct Betup Information 10 04 21 eO Mail tual device driver 10 04 21 EC mame32 Application Extension 20 05 21 MODSIM without Application Extension 11 06 21 S O MOVIES ext Document 16 06 21 C My Documents ortcut 27 07 21 Overzetten Lapt p File 5 11 20 Program Files 22 12 21 QI svenska 9402 201 CI temp ation 22 12 21 H C visual test shell EC WINNT E Compact Disc D 26 1 Go to the tab LogProject d ada 2 Open the Carel_upload folder to activate Fold This is the folder where you can find the program report to check if uploading was successfully done ik TUBEs4 Download System Information Hardware Information la C Training 520 z e Folder 27 07 21 CJ Trane8z Appicaton Bios Boot PubicVaiati Log Projet 3 Close winload32 rosoft Ward Doc 16 06 21 2 Trane manual rosoft Word Doc 12 06 21 C travel reports ES Ci Adobe Acrobat Doc 10 04 21 El w computer A al device driver 10 06 21 E E Local Disk C
16. m Load down area if the HP is above the P down cond setpoint default 18 5 bar the compressor will load down in order to decrease the high pressure m Above HP switch the unit will shutdown safely Part 2 Functional Description 2 103 Functional Control ESIE07 11 3 19 LP Prevention Introduction Function description This is a safety prevention function when the low pressure is near the low pressure switch The unit will hold the same capacity or will load down to prevent the unit from tripping on the low pressure switch LP bar HP Hold Evap 1 9b hold capacity area P Down Evap 1 80 b load down area LP Switch 0 6 b unit switched off by LP switch Time m hold capacity area if the LP is below the P hold evap setpoint default 1 9 bar the compressor will hold the same capacity no load up possible m load down area if the LP is below the P down evap setpoint default 4 8 bar the compressor will load down in order to increase the low pressure m below LP switch the unit will shutdown safely 2 104 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 Functional Control 3 20 Capacity Control Introduction Cooling capacity control is infinitely variable by means of a capacity slide controlled by a microprocessor system Each unit has infinitely variable capacity control from 100 down to 6 25 four compressor units to 8 3 three
17. Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 41 Procedure for the Changing and Configuration of the PCO I O Board ESIE07 11 7 2 Changing the PCO controller To change the PCO Controller proceed as follows Action Switch off the power supply to the chiller Remove the old PCO controller Place the new PCO controller in the same way as the old PCO controller Change the PCO controller dipswitches to the right address Execute the configuration procedure for the pLan settings see previous chapter Enter the I O board address of the controller you have changed see step 2 of the con figuration procedure for the pLan settings Finish the configuration procedure Now you are able to change the default setting of the I O board you selected in the previous step Go to the manufacturer menu menu prog Go to the screen Reset all parameters to default values and select Yes 10 Change all the needed parameters according to the unit and application 3 42 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE07 11 Procedure for the Changing of the Electronic Expansion Valve Driver 8 Procedure for the Changing of the Electronic Expansion Valve Driver 8 1 What is in This Chapter Overview This chapter contains the following topics 3 Topic See page 8 2 Changing the Expansion Valve Driver 3 44 Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 43 Procedure for t
18. 2 d Aseh GiFwotes Gie 3 GA Address hetpilfestranet datinewope comlen software servkeidefaubep irks 5 Network Solutions Service Tra Programs patches updates for iManager iController Consult the D BACnet LON Aimet Dept training online course Service Department Lear Claim Treatment z SIMLogger e VRV checker 5 Company Quality Meeting SIMLogger software and manual Programs patches updates for VRY checker Spare Parts Go there e Software Downloads Trening WinDACMS a CIA Latest Beta versions of the DBACS software modules References WinDACMS RemDACMS and SimDACMS and the Contact us latest WinDACMS models file Go there E Daikin Extranet Chiller PCO Microsoft Internet Explorer provided by Daikin Europe l x Ele Edt View Favorites Jools Help Ea zos 1 3 Qsearch C grevortes Heda DIGA adress E nto Jextranet dalineurope com enjsoftwarejservice pcozidefal jp e ms WDAIKIN Air conditioning Refreshes your life Home Chiller PCO Marketing e Docurnent Library E Parts required to upgrade 240 controller E Data Books Wasz inLoad32 program Service Department Claim Treatment Step compresser units Please read r Company Quality Meeting Spare Parts Software Downloads Training o Airco in the Press 3 References 8 WA MZY SD Special Jiry Rental Contact us
19. Clemsconricme File Folder 7 07 2004 14 21 Database Clemsconricmez File Folder 6 01 2005 8 27 CJ database 2 Select an item to view its description C Burning software File Folder 4 03 2005 10 3 O Doe s Cicaret File Folder 4 03 2005 10 2 CJ ESV EEV battery error Capacity 27 8 GB Cicaret_upload File Folder 2 03 2005 9 55 C ESV TRANE Cl damage File Folder 6 09 2004 11 0 C ESV Trane Final El Used 27 1 6 Costas File Folder 7 07 2004 13 4 O Foto s Afrika O Free 758 MB Opel File Folder 7 07 2004 13 4 C fotos japan CJ documents and Settings File Folder 7 07 2004 15 0 CJ info chillers Lotus Notes Archive File Folder 710742004 14 1 CD inspection reports Omai File Folder 10 01 2005 9 3 6 1 Music Cimames2 File Folder 7107 2004 14 1 My Data Sources CI MODSIM without time limit File Folder 29 10 2004 13 2 My Music movies File Folder 3 03 2005 12 3 E My Pictures my Documents File Folder 7407 2004 14 0 2 New Folder Cl Overzetten Laptop File Folder 15 09 2004 14 1 C OFFICEXP3ODAYSTRIALACTIVATOR EPER Ci Program Fies File Folder 19 01 2005 10 CI screensaver My Documents Cisvenska File Folder 2 12 2004 8 58 CJ semi conductor My Network Pl temp File Folder 902 2005 15 2 C Service manuals m z Ci visual test shell File Folder 29 11 2004 18 1 C Ship interventions winnt File Folder 1403 2005 9 22 CI Sim rem I 1KB Text Document 22 02 2005 8 5 C Simulation boards Winload32 v3 30 1 073 KB WinZip File 4103 2005 12 0 O
20. ESIE07 11 The Digital Controller Analog inputs These screens show you the values of the analog inputs Analog Inputs BE Oil pr 1 00 0 bar Oil pr 2 00 0 bar m B1 Oil pressure of compressor circuit 1 m B2 Oil pressure of compressor circuit 2 Remark The oil pressure is measured by a pressure transducer connected to the oil supply chamber of the compressor Analog Inputs Del Tem 1 Del Tem 2 m B3 Read out of the external signal used for setpoint reset 4 20 mA m B4 Del Tem 1 Oil temperature delivery temperature of circuit 1 m B5Del Tem 2 Oil temperature delivery temperature of circuit 2 Remark The oil temperature delivery temperature is measured in the oil separator with a PT1000 sensor Analog Inputs B6 Cond Pr 1 00 0 bar Cond Pr 2 00 0 bar 00 0 mA m B6 Condensing pressure of circuit 1 m B7 Condensing pressure of circuit 2 m B8 Read out of external signal used for demand limit 4 20 mA or current limit if unit is SPN unit Remark The condensing pressure is measured by a pressure transducer connected to the oil separator B8 Analog Inputs B9k In Wtr B9 Out Wtr m B9 Inlet water temperature measured in the inlet of the evaporator 1 m B10 Outlet water temperature measured in the outlet or common outlet of evap 1 and 2 if unit has 2 evaporators Part 2 Functional Description 2 43 The Digital Controller ESIE07
21. Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 33 Procedure to Protect Compressor in Case of Frozen Evaporator ESIE07 11 4 2 Procedure to Protect Compressor in Case of Frozen Evaporator If water is detected in the compressor after an evaporator damage the following procedure should be executed within the first day Step Action 1 Supply the compressor crank case heater 2 Insulate the compressor from the rest of the refrigerant circuit If there is no suction valve available on the compressor use a plate to close the suction of the compressor 3 Open the oilplugs to drain the oil and the water out of the compressor 4 Blow dry nitrogen through the compressor using the service ports on the HP and LP side of the compressor 5 Close the drain plugs and vacuum the compressor for a few hours while the crank case heater is on 6 If the vacuum oil becomes coloured milky colour replace the vacuum oil 7 Repeat step 6 each time the vacuum oil becomes milky 8 After 4 hours break the vacuum using step 3 9 Repeat step 5 till step 7 until the oil of the vacuum pump becomes clear 10 If the vacuum oil remains clear fill the compressor with the necessary compressor oil 11 Charge the compressor with nitrogen 3 34 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE07 11 Procedure to Clear the Refrigerant Circuit in Case of Frozen Evaporators 5 Procedure to Clear the Refrigerant Circuit in Case of Frozen Evaporators 5 1 Wh
22. System Outline 1 75 General Outline ESIE07 11 SYMBOLS NOTES CC Cooling capacity kW 1 Values are based on PI Power input for the compressor only kW AT 5 C entering leaving condenser water temperature TRC Total Heat Recovery Capacity kW e AT 5 C entering leaving condenser water temperature and with evap fouling factor 0 0176m2 C kW LWE Leaving Water Evaporator C condenser fouling factor 0 0440 m2 C kW LWTR Leaving Water Total Heat Recovery C 1 76 Part 1 System Outline ESIE07 11 General Outline EWAPC15 C18AJY NN Unit size LWTR w 40 45 50 55 CC PI TRC cc PI TRC cc PI TRC cc PI TRC C15 1417 5 474 3 1891 8 1341 0 524 9 1865 9 1260 3 581 9 1842 2 1175 0 646 2 1821 2 1461 4 478 5 1939 9 1383 3 528 8 1912 1 1301 1 585 4 1886 5 1214 1 649 2 1863 3 1506 0 482 8 1988 8 1426 4 532 8 1959 2 1342 5 589 1 1931 6 1253 8 652 4 1906 2 1551 2 487 2 2038 4 1470 1 537 1 2007 2 1384 6 593 0 1977 6 1294 1 655 9 1950 0 1597 2 491 9 2089 1 1514 5 541 5 2056 0 1427 3 597 2 2024 5 1335 1 659 5 1994 6 1643 9 496 6 2140 5 1559 5 546 1 2105 6 1470 6 601 5 2072 1 1376 7 663 5 2040 2 C16 1515 0 503 7 2018 7 1432 5 557 0 1989 5 1345 5 617 1 1962 6 1253 6 684 9 1938 5 1562 3 508 2 2070 5 1478 1 561 2 2039 3 1389 3 621 0 2010 3 1295 6 688 2 1983 8 1610 3 512 9 2123 2 1524 4 565 7 2090 1 1433 9
23. Table of Contents ESIE07 11 vi Table of Contents ESIE07 11 Introduction 1 Introduction 1 1 About This Manual Target group Purpose of this manual 6 different lines 4 different lines OPRN option OPLN option This service manual is intended for and should only be used by qualified engineers This service manual contains all the information you need to carry out the necessary repair and maintenance tasks for the EWAP800 C18AJYNN and EWAP850 C18AJYNN A EWAP AJYNN line is available with two different efficiencies in order to satisfy every kind of requirement Acoustic flexibility down to 72 5 dBA thanks to different noise level versions EWAP AJYNN line is available with two different efficiencies in order to satisfy every kind of requirement Acoustic flexibility down to 72 5 dBA thanks to different noise level versions m Standard efficiency with EER up to 2 35 m EWAP AJYNN 80 5 81 5 dBA m EWAP AJYNN OPRN 75 77 dBA m EWAP AJYNN OPLN 72 5 73 5 dBA m High efficiency with EER up to 2 69 m EWAP AJYNN A 80 5 81 5 dBA m EWAP AJYNN A OPRN 75 77 dBA m EWAP AJYNN A OPLN 72 5 73 5 dBA Reduced noise option Standard version with additional base frame for compressors and oil separators installed on rubber isolators to eliminate the vibrations Discharge flexible pipes and condenser fans rotating at fixed low speed Low noise option The main compone
24. Type Text Document Size 2 67 KB 2 67 KB Ew computer mo GR SOM 16 31 3 30 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE07 11 Procedure for Software Upload Download 3 5 Copy Software from WinLoad32 to the Software key Optional Carel RS Converter software Winload drivers are available on intranet Switch off the pCO and remove the expansion memory cover with a screwdriver see Copy from pCO to the Software Key on page 3 15 Fig 1 Set the key selector on R from key to pCO Insert the key in the corresponding pin connector as shown see Copy from pCO to the Software Key on page 3 15 Fig 2 Prepare the connection for downloading the program for WinLoad32 see also previous chapter Supply power to the pCO check if the red LED on the key A is on Make the upload Once finished switch off the pCO remove the key and put the cover in its place Now the key contains the program transferred from WinLoad32 Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 31 Procedure for Software Upload Download ESIE07 11 3 32 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE07 11 Procedure to Protect Compressor in Case of Frozen Evaporator 4 Procedure to Protect Compressor in Case of Frozen Evaporator 4 1 What is in This Chapter Overview This chapter contains the following topics Topic See page 4 2 Procedure to Protect Compressor in Case of Frozen Evaporator 3 34
25. 036 B7 probe fault or not connected Sensor B7 error M 037 B8 probe fault or not connected Sensor B8 error M 039 Evaporator pump maintenance Request of evaporator pump mainte M nance 040 Condenser pump maintenance Request of condenser pump mainte M nance 041 Compressor maintenance Request of compressor maintenance M 050 Unit 1 offline Compressor 1 network error Part 2 Functional Description 2 73 The Digital Controller ESIE07 11 051 Unit 2 offline Compressor 2 network error A 052 Unit 3 offline Compressor 3 network error A 053 Unit 4 offline Compressor 4 network error A DO1 EXV Driver Probe fault Driver EXV probe error A D02 EXV step motor error EXV valve motor error A D03 EXV Driver Eeprom error Driver EXV eeprom error M D04 EXV Driver battery error Driver EXV battery error A D08 EXV not closed during power off Valve doesn t close without power M M Alarms expansion E Expansion board Offline or not recog nized 2 74 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 The Digital Controller 2 4 13 Buffer Alarm Menu Operational information Buffer alarm screens Buffer alarm menu on control board 2 comp 3 and 4 Using this menu you can consult the last ten alarms of every chiller circuit Each mask displays the date time and description of the alarm Pressing the enter key when an alarm description is displayed shows the operating conditions at th
26. 1 36 Part 1 System Outline ESIE07 11 General Outline Components The table below lists the components No Component 1 Condenser coil 2 Evaporator 3 Evaporator water inlet 4 Evaporator water outlet 5 Victaulic connections for 219 1 O D tube 6 Operating and control panel 7 360x150 slot for power and control panel connection 8 8 lifting shackles 9 12 isolator mounting holes 25 mm DIA 10 Coil protection guards optional 11 Compressors enclosure optional Version Con Weight KG Isolators load KG denser Ship Operat A B C D E F G H L M N P type ping ing EWAPC18AJ Aluminium YNN Acrylic 9565 10010 116 116 955 95 130 13 52 525 510 51 550 55 EWAPCI8AJ coated Z SZEJ 9 0 YNN OPRN EWAPC18AJ Aluminium 9925 10370 122 122 103 10 134 13 52 525 510 51 550 55 YNN OPLN Acrylic 5 5 5 35 0 40 5 0 0 coated EWAPC18AJ YNN EWAPC18AJ Rubber Type q ty 786010 m 6Pz 786010 w 6Pz YNN OPRN isolators EWAPC18AJ YNN OPLN Part 1 System Outline 1 37 General Outline ESIE07 11 1 7 Outlook Drawing EWAP AJYNN A EWAP850AJYNN A The illustration below shows the outlook the dimensions and the installation and service space of the unit mm 1 38 Part 1 System Outline ESIE07 11 General Outline Components The table below lists the components No Component 1 Con
27. 375 8 1388 6 413 8 1318 7 456 8 1245 2 505 8 1167 3 561 4 1151 2 573 4 7 1496 5 381 0 1428 5 418 9 1357 1 461 9 1282 0 510 5 1202 7 565 7 1186 4 577 6 8 1538 3 386 3 1468 9 424 3 1396 1 467 1 1319 4 515 5 1238 5 570 3 1221 8 582 1 9 1580 6 391 8 1509 9 429 7 1435 5 472 4 1357 2 520 6 1274 7 575 1 1257 6 586 8 C14 4 1445 7 389 5 1378 8 429 5 1308 5 474 8 1234 5 526 1 1156 2 584 4 1140 0 596 9 5 1487 4 394 8 1419 2 434 7 1347 4 479 9 1271 8 531 0 1192 0 588 8 1175 5 601 3 6 1530 0 400 2 1460 2 440 1 1387 0 485 2 1309 9 536 0 1228 4 5935 1211 5 605 9 7 1572 9 405 8 1501 6 445 7 1427 1 490 7 1348 3 541 3 1265 3 598 5 1248 1 610 7 8 1616 4 411 5 1543 8 451 5 1467 5 496 3 1387 2 546 8 1302 5 603 6 1285 0 615 8 9 1660 5 417 4 1586 4 457 4 1508 6 502 2 1426 8 552 5 1340 4 609 0 1322 5 621 1 Part 1 System Outline 1 67 General Outline ESIE07 11 SYMBOLS NOTES CC Cooling capacity kW 1 The power input is for compressor only cooling cap and power PI Power input for the compressor only kW input referred to evap fouling factor 0 0176m2 C kW LWE Leaving Water Evaporator C 1 68 Part 1 System Outline ESIE07 11 General Outline EWAPC15 18AJYN
28. 8 1442 5 440 2 1882 7 1366 6 486 0 1852 6 1286 7 538 0 1824 7 1202 2 597 0 1799 2 9 1485 3 444 3 1929 6 1407 9 489 9 1897 8 1326 3 541 5 1867 8 1240 2 599 8 1840 0 C14 4 1347 7 449 9 1797 6 1274 4 498 8 1773 2 1197 2 554 2 1751 4 1115 5 617 1 1732 6 5 1389 7 453 7 1843 4 1315 0 502 2 1817 2 1236 2 557 3 1793 5 1152 9 619 5 1772 4 6 1432 5 457 6 1890 1 1356 2 505 9 1862 1 1275 8 560 5 1836 3 1190 8 622 2 1813 0 7 1475 8 461 7 1937 5 1398 1 509 7 1907 8 1316 1 563 9 1880 0 1229 4 625 1 1854 5 8 1519 9 466 0 1985 9 1440 6 513 8 1954 4 1357 0 567 6 1924 6 1268 7 628 3 1897 0 9 1564 6 470 4 2035 0 1483 7 518 0 2001 7 1398 5 571 5 1970 0 1308 5 631 6 1940 1 Part 1 System Outline 1 79 General Outline ESIE07 11 SYMBOLS NOTES CC Cooling capacity kW 1 Values are based on Pl Power input for the compressor only kW AT 5 C entering leaving condenser water temperature TRC Total Heat Recovery Capacity kW e AT 5 C entering leaving condenser water temperature and with evap fouling factor 0 0176m2 C kW LWE Leaving Water Evaporator C condenser fouling factor 0 0440 m2 C kW LWTR Leaving Water Total Heat Recovery C 1 80 Part 1 System Outline ESIE07 11 General Outline 1 14 Sound level data
29. Comp Starts Reset Adjust 000000 m C 1 Compressor information of compressor circuit 1 m Reset Y Reset compressor starts m Adjust Enter the compressor starts of this compressor This has to be done whenever soft ware or controller is changed Remark Same compressor timers screens two previous screens will be displayed for compressor 2 C 2 Temperature These screens allow you to set the parameters for the temperature regulation function regulation settings m Regul Band Regulation band m Neutral Band Neutral band around setpoint m Max Pull Down Rate Maximum pull down rate Start Up DT Shut Down DT Remark These parameters are vital for a proper temperature regulation High chilled water This screen allows you to set the high chilled leaving water start parameters start High ChLWT start LWT Max Comp Stage a LWT Leaving water temperature setpoint to activate the high chilled leaving water m Max Comp Stage Maximum compressor stage of the compressor if leaving water tempera ture is higher than LWT setpoint Part 2 Functional Description 2 67 The Digital Controller ESIE07 11 Condensation This screen is only visible if fan type VFD or SPEEDTR is selected units option OPFS or OPLA setpoint This screen allows you to set the condensation setpoint m Condensation Setpoint Condensation setpoint for phase cut fans VFD or SPEEDTR Temperature This sc
30. No Hydraulic components M Modular A V Combination of specific options Option regarding efficiency version sound version H High ambient version IA High efficiency version IQ Super silent version IZ High efficiency and Super silent version ESIE07 11 Part 1 System Outline Introduction This part contains an outline of all the relevant elements in the EWAP800 C18AJYNN and EWAP850 C18AJYNN A installation What is in this part This part contains the following chapters Chapter See page 1 General Outline 1 3 Part 1 System Outline 1 1 ESIE07 11 Part 1 System Outline ESIE07 11 General Outline 1 General Outline 1 1 What Is in This Chapter Introduction This chapter contains the following information m Technical specifications M Electrical specifications M Correction factors m Outlook drawings Outlook dimensions installation and service space Overview This chapter contains the following topics Topic See page 1 2 Technical Specifications EWAP AJYNN 1 4 1 3 Technical Specifications EWAP AJYNN A 1 8 1 4 Electrical Specifications EWAP AJYNN 1 12 1 5 Electrical Specifications EWAP AJYNN A 1 14 1 6 Outlook Drawing EWAP AJYNN 1 16 1 7 Outlook Drawing EWAP AJYNN A 1 38 1 8 Capacity tables EWAP AJYNN 1 60 1 9 Capacity tables EWAP AJYNN OPRN OPLN 1 64 1 10 Capacity tables EWAP AJYNN A 1 67
31. O 2 1 Ih h 465 See detail A J ER GA Af m amd qui o DLL ut gt r o wm 8 S x ea Ha rh H rl MEJ HUI FEE BUJ Bu 484 2345 2345 2546 1500 52 e n Isolators location Detail B Detail A rubber isolator Fixing bolt not furnished AQ de Victaulic coupling furnished Connecting pipe furnished el Optional right hand evaporator water m E Concrete footing A A See detail B 670 71 80 2065 80 heno Soo oroleToToTalo Leo tool ololololo a 1600 Fan arrangements and minimum clearance requirements LD 13 N 4 holes 1 30 Part 1 System Outline ESIE07 11 General Outline Components The table below lists the components No Component 1 Condenser coil 2 Evaporator 3 Evaporator water inlet 4 Evaporator water outlet 5 Victaulic connections for 219 1 O D tube 6 Operating and control panel 7 360x150 slot for power and control panel connection 8 8 lifting shackles 9 10 isolator mounting holes 25 mm DIA 10 Coil protection guards optional 11 Compressors enclosure optional Version Condenser Weight KG Isolators lo
32. 1685 8 537 2 1599 1 591 3 1507 5 652 1 1410 8 720 4 1390 7 735 1 7 1817 2 496 0 1733 1 544 3 1644 4 598 4 1551 1 659 0 1452 5 727 0 1432 0 741 6 8 1866 8 503 3 1780 8 551 7 1690 4 605 7 1595 3 666 2 1494 6 733 9 1473 8 748 4 9 1916 8 510 8 1829 2 559 2 1737 0 613 2 1640 0 673 6 1537 3 741 0 1516 2 755 4 C18 4 1755 1 490 8 1673 4 540 7 1587 5 597 0 1497 0 660 5 1401 1 732 1 1381 2 747 5 5 1805 1 497 6 1721 7 547 5 1634 1 603 7 1541 7 667 0 1444 0 738 2 1423 8 753 5 6 1855 8 504 5 1770 7 554 5 1681 3 610 6 1586 9 673 7 1487 2 744 6 1466 7 759 8 7 1906 9 511 7 1820 2 561 7 1729 1 617 8 1632 9 680 7 1531 2 751 2 1510 2 766 3 8 1959 0 519 0 1870 4 569 1 1777 4 625 1 1679 3 687 8 1575 7 758 1 1554 2 773 2 9 2011 5 526 5 1921 2 576 7 1826 3 632 7 1726 4 695 3 1620 6 765 3 1598 8 780 3 SYMBOLS NOTES CC Cooling capacity kW 1 The power input is for compressor only cooling cap and power PI i Power input for the compressor only kW input referred to evap fouling factor 0 0176m2 C kW LWE Leaving Water Evaporator C Part 1 System Outline 1 69 General Outline ESIE07 11 1 11 Capacity tables EWAP AJYNN A OPRN OPLN EWAP850 C14AJY NN A OPRN OPLN Unit size AIR AMBIENT TEMPERATURE C 25 30 35 40 42 cc PI cc PI cc PI cc PI cc P
33. 480 4 9 1314 2 332 2 1253 1 362 6 1189 0 396 4 1121 9 434 1 1051 2 476 2 1036 7 485 2 C11 4 1215 4 333 4 1157 1 366 3 1095 9 403 4 1031 6 445 2 963 9 492 3 949 8 502 4 5 1250 8 338 3 1191 2 371 2 1128 8 408 3 1063 1 449 9 993 8 496 7 979 5 506 8 6 1286 8 343 3 1225 8 376 3 1162 0 413 3 1094 9 454 7 1024 2 501 3 1009 7 511 3 7 1323 1 348 5 1260 8 381 5 1195 7 418 4 1127 3 459 8 1055 1 506 2 1040 2 516 1 8 1360 0 353 8 1296 5 386 8 1229 9 423 7 1160 0 465 0 1086 3 511 2 1071 1 521 0 9 1397 2 359 2 1332 4 392 3 1264 4 429 2 1193 2 470 4 1118 0 516 4 1102 4 526 2 C12 4 1267 2 338 1 1209 3 374 6 1148 5 416 5 1084 2 464 8 1016 1 520 2 1001 9 532 3 5 1303 9 342 3 1244 8 378 7 1182 7 420 4 1117 2 468 3 1047 7 523 2 1033 4 535 1 6 1341 1 346 7 1280 8 383 0 1217 5 424 5 1150 6 472 0 1079 9 526 4 1065 1 538 2 7 1378 8 351 2 1317 3 387 5 1252 7 428 8 1184 5 475 9 1112 3 529 9 1097 4 541 5 8 1417 1 355 8 1354 2 392 0 1288 3 433 2 1218 9 480 1 1145 3 533 5 1130 0 545 1 9 1455 7 360 5 1391 7 396 8 1324 5 437 8 1253 7 484 4 1178 6 537 4 1163 2 548 9 C13 4 1374 4 365 9 1310 6 404 0 1243 5 447 4 1172 9 496 9 1098 1 553 4 1082 6 565 7 5 1414 6 370 8 1349 4 408 8 1280 8 452 0 1208 7 501 2 1132 5 557 3 1116 7 569 4 6 1455 3
34. 625 0 2058 9 1338 2 691 7 2029 9 1659 1 517 8 2176 9 1571 4 570 3 2141 7 1479 1 629 3 2108 4 1381 6 695 5 2077 1 1708 6 522 8 2231 4 1619 2 575 1 2194 3 1525 1 633 8 2158 9 1425 6 699 6 2125 2 1758 9 528 0 2286 9 1667 7 580 2 2247 9 1571 1 638 5 2210 2 1470 4 703 9 2174 3 C17 1582 5 530 2 2112 7 1496 7 586 6 2083 3 1406 3 650 3 2056 6 1310 6 722 0 2032 6 1631 6 534 9 2166 5 1544 1 591 0 2135 1 1451 8 654 2 2106 0 1354 3 725 4 2079 7 1681 4 539 8 2221 2 1592 2 595 6 2187 8 1498 1 658 4 2156 5 1398 7 729 0 2127 7 1732 0 544 8 2276 8 1641 0 600 4 2241 4 1545 1 662 9 2208 0 1443 7 733 0 2176 7 1783 4 550 0 2333 4 1690 6 605 4 2296 0 1592 9 667 5 2260 4 1489 5 737 1 2226 6 1835 6 555 4 2391 0 1741 0 610 6 2351 6 1641 3 672 4 2313 7 1536 0 741 6 2277 6 C18 1649 9 556 8 2206 7 1560 9 616 3 2177 2 1467 1 683 4 2150 5 1367 7 759 1 2126 8 1700 8 561 6 2262 4 1610 1 620 8 2230 9 1514 3 687 5 2201 8 1413 1 762 6 2175 7 1752 5 566 6 2319 1 1660 0 625 5 2285 5 1562 4 691 8 2254 2 1459 1 766 3 2225 4 1804 9 571 8 2376 7 1710 6 630 5 2341 1 1611 1 696 4 2307 5 1505 9 770 4 2276 3 1858 2 577 2 2435 4 1762 1 635 7 2397 8 1660 6 701 2 2361 8 1553 4 774 7 2328 1 1912 2 582 8 2495 0 1814 2 641 0 2455 2 1710 9 706 3 2417 2 1601 6 779 3 2380 9
35. 7 835 0 286 1 790 7 316 8 743 7 351 8 714 0 375 2 8 856 8 290 5 811 4 321 0 763 5 355 9 733 3 379 1 9 878 6 294 9 832 4 325 4 783 5 360 2 752 7 383 3 900 4 853 1 302 3 806 8 334 6 757 7 371 3 726 9 395 8 5 876 4 306 9 829 0 339 1 779 0 375 7 747 6 400 1 6 899 9 311 6 851 5 343 8 800 5 380 3 768 3 404 5 7 923 6 316 5 874 3 348 7 822 1 385 1 789 4 409 1 8 947 5 321 6 897 2 353 7 844 0 390 0 810 6 413 9 9 971 6 326 7 920 3 358 9 866 0 395 1 831 9 418 9 950 4 920 1 327 8 870 7 361 7 818 3 399 9 785 5 425 2 5 944 9 332 9 894 5 366 8 841 0 405 0 807 6 430 1 6 970 1 338 2 918 5 372 1 864 1 410 2 829 8 435 2 7 995 3 343 6 942 7 377 5 887 1 415 6 852 2 440 5 8 1020 7 349 1 967 2 383 1 910 5 421 1 874 8 446 0 9 1046 6 354 8 991 8 388 8 934 0 426 8 897 5 451 6 C10 4 1000 2 359 2 945 8 396 2 888 5 437 9 852 4 465 4 5 1027 2 364 8 971 7 401 9 913 2 443 5 876 3 470 9 6 1054 4 370 7 997 8 407 7 938 0 449 3 900 5 476 6 7 1081 9 376 6 1024 1 413 7 963 2 455 2 924 7 482 5 8 1109 6 382 8 1050 7 419 9 988 4 461 3 949 2 488 5 9 1137 5 389 0 1077 4 426 2 1031 9 467 6 974 1 494 8 C11 4 1064 5 387 3 1007 1 427 6 946 2 473 1 907 7 503 1 5 1093 1 393 3 1034 3 433 7 972 1 479 0 933 1 508 9 6 1121 9 399 5 1061 9 439 9 998 5 485 2 958 5 515 0 7 1150 9 405 9 1089 7 446 3 1025 0 491 5 984 2 521 2 8 1180 3 412 4 1117 8 452 8 1051 6 498 0 1010 2 527 7 9 1209 7 419 1 1146 0 459 6 1078 6 504 8 1036 3 534 3 C12
36. LWE Leaving Water Evaporator C Part 1 System Outline 1 65 General Outline ESIE07 11 EWAPC15 C18AJY NA OP ANFOREN Unit size AIR AMBIENT TEMPERATURE C z 25 30 35 38 cc PI cc PI cc PI cc PI C15 4 1394 4 488 4 1320 0 538 6 1241 2 595 2 1191 7 632 5 5 1432 3 496 0 1356 3 546 2 1275 9 602 7 1225 3 639 9 6 1470 5 503 8 1392 9 554 1 1310 8 610 5 1259 3 647 6 7 1509 2 511 9 1429 9 562 1 1346 1 618 5 1293 6 655 5 8 1548 1 520 1 1467 1 570 5 1381 7 626 7 1328 1 663 6 9 1587 4 528 6 1504 7 579 0 1417 6 635 2 1363 0 672 1 C16 4 1477 4 526 7 1396 8 580 4 1311 4 640 9 1257 8 680 8 5 1517 5 535 1 1435 1 588 8 1348 0 649 2 1293 4 689 0 6 1558 0 543 7 1473 7 597 5 1384 9 657 8 1329 1 697 5 7 1598 9 552 6 1513 0 606 4 1422 1 666 7 1365 2 706 2 8 1640 2 561 8 1552 3 615 6 1459 7 675 8 1401 6 715 2 9 1681 7 571 1 1592 1 625 0 1497 5 685 2 1438 3 724 5 C17 4 1542 7 555 0 1458 6 612 0 1369 8 676 3 1313 9 718 7 5 1584 3 563 8 1498 5 620 8 1407 7 685 0 1350 6 727 2 6 1626 5 572 8 1538 7 629 9 1446 1 693 9 1387 9 736 0 7 1668 9 582 1 1579 4 639 2 1484 7 703 2 1425 4 745 2 8 1711 7 591 6 1620 2 648 8 1523 8 712 7 1463 2 754 6 9 1754 8 601 4 1661 5 658 6 156
37. Mal tual device driver 10 04 21 EC mame32 ation Extension 20 05 21 Y MODSIM without ation Extension 11 06 21 S O MOVIES ext Document 16 06 21 BC My Documents cut 27 07 21 fC Overzetten Lapt File 5 11 20 BC Program Files ation 22p12121 Q svenska fon une 9 02 20 CJ temp ation 22h2f2 H O visual test shell BC WINNT H E Compact Disc D wii JJ 4 gt i Type Application Size 1 24 MB 24m E My Computer Asa 6 O G MANEA DAAG On Ga Er A Em wv Gym Go p oO BE sa 24 ze Fie Edt View Fa ex 1 Go to the tab Boot Address C Carel ex E 2 Open the Carel_upload folder to activate C Sim rem 13 09 21 Pol 3 If OK you will see the BOOT file in the Carel_upload folder ka 68 C Training z A Folder 7107 20 de con Upload Download System Information Hardware Information co ZACK C Trane z Application Bios Boot Pubic Variables Log Proiect rosoft Word Doc 16 06 21 C Trane manual 3 rosoft Word Doc 12 06 21 C travel reports EZM Boot pco ver301 bin Acrobat Doc 10 04 21 5 my computer 2 ual device driver 10 06 21 E Local Disk C Catalog 10 04 21 EC Apps up Information 16 06 21 8 1 BMSCONFIGBN tem file 16 06 21 C BMSCONFIGMB urity Catalog 10 04 21 C BMSCONFIGMBZ 4234 and Conf up Information 16 06 21 C Burning software onfiguration Settings 10 04 21 amp SY Carel ation 10 04 21 C Carel_upload _ Cor
38. their status represents different statuses of the expansion board RED YELLOW GREEN Meaning ON Active CAREL tLAN supervisor protocol ON Probe error ON I O mis match error caused by the inhibition matrix flashing gt 5 Lack of communication Waiting for the system startup by the master max 30 s 2 22 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 The Digital Controller 2 3 6 Addressing of plan RS485 To get the correct functionality of the pLAN net system it is necessary to address all the installed components correctly Each component as previously described has a series of microswitches that must be set as specified in the following table PLAN component Microswitch 1 2 3 4 5 6 Local DISPLAY ON ON ON OFF OF OFF Remote DISPLAY if available OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF COMP BOARD 1 ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF COMP BOARD 2 OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF DRIVER EXV 1 ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF DRIVER EXV 2 OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF DRIVER EXV 3 ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF DRIVER EXV 4 OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF RS485 component Microswitch 1 2 3 4 EXP BOARD 1 ON OFF ON OFF Part 2 Functional Description 2 23 The Digital Controller ESIE07 11 2 4 Display and Keypad Overview This chapter contains the following topics Topic See page 2 4 1 General Description 2 25 2 4 2 Keypad Keys and their Functi
39. to the PID proportional integral derivative unit request Fixed Variable XA upload download pulses Compressor Unloading Pulse Time Min Pulse Period Max Pulse Period Compressor Loading Pulse Time Min Pulse Period Max Pulse Period Graph 1 A pure proportional logic will load or unload with a frequency related to the set point distance Pulse time Minimum loading pulse time Max loading pulse time f lt ssss essences sees cee o e se No pulse stand by Evap water leaving Max unloading pulse time Minimum unloading pulse time Regulation band 2 106 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 Functional Control Graph 2 The derivative part of the logic controls how the temperature reaches the setpoint If it is getting closer increases the time between the intervals or if it is far from the setpoint decreases the time between the intervals The result is having the controller act differently whenever the water temperature changes If the derivative time is increased the control will be more sensitive to temperature changes For example the derivative time can be increased when a chiller is working with a very variable load The integral time stores the memory on how the P 1 controls the temperature Pulse time Minimum loading puls bac ooo ee ee see patas pr je time If
40. 1085 8 499 7 1585 5 1014 8 559 6 1574 4 7 1252 2 404 5 1556 7 1187 7 449 9 1637 6 1119 5 501 7 1621 2 1047 1 561 0 1608 1 8 1288 8 407 6 1696 4 1223 2 452 6 1675 8 1153 7 504 0 1657 7 1080 0 562 5 1642 5 9 1326 0 410 8 1736 8 1259 2 455 5 1714 7 1188 4 506 4 1694 8 1113 4 564 3 1677 7 C13 4 1278 0 425 4 1703 4 1207 9 472 6 1680 5 1134 1 526 6 1660 7 1056 0 588 1 1644 1 5 1318 1 428 8 1746 9 1246 6 475 7 1722 3 1171 3 529 1 1700 4 1091 7 589 9 1681 6 6 1358 9 432 5 1791 4 1286 0 478 9 1764 9 1209 2 531 8 1741 0 1127 9 592 0 1719 9 7 1400 4 436 2 1836 6 1326 0 482 4 1808 4 1247 6 534 8 1782 4 1164 8 594 3 1759 1 8 1442 5 440 2 1882 7 1366 6 486 0 1852 6 1286 7 538 0 1824 7 1202 2 597 0 1799 2 9 1485 3 444 3 1929 6 1407 9 489 9 1897 8 1326 3 541 5 1867 8 1240 2 599 8 1840 0 C14 4 1347 7 449 9 1797 6 1274 4 498 8 1773 2 1197 2 554 2 1751 4 1115 5 617 1 1732 6 5 1389 7 453 7 1843 4 1315 0 502 2 1817 2 1236 2 557 3 1793 5 1152 9 619 5 1772 4 6 1432 5 457 6 1890 1 1356 2 505 9 1862 1 1275 8 560 5 1836 3 1190 8 622 2 1813 0 7 1475 8 461 7 1937 5 1398 1 509 7 1907 8 1316 1 563 9 1880 0 1229 4 625 1 1854 5 8 1519 9 466 0 1985 9 1440 6 513 8 1954 4 1357 0 567 6 1924 6 1268 7 628 3 1897 0 9 1564 6 470 4 2035 0 1483 7 518 0 2001 7 1398 5 571 5 1970 0 1308 5 631 6 1940 1 Part 1
41. 1401 1 732 1 1381 2 747 5 1805 1 497 6 1721 7 5475 1634 1 603 7 1541 7 667 0 1444 0 738 2 1423 8 753 5 1855 8 504 5 1770 7 554 5 1681 3 610 6 1586 9 673 7 1487 2 744 6 1466 7 759 8 1906 9 511 7 1820 2 561 7 1729 1 617 8 1632 9 680 7 1531 2 751 2 1510 2 766 3 1959 0 519 0 1870 4 569 1 1777 4 625 1 1679 3 687 8 1575 7 758 1 1554 2 773 2 2011 5 526 5 1921 2 576 7 1826 3 632 7 1726 4 695 3 1620 6 765 3 1598 8 780 3 CIN DB HQ A O AINI a Aa AJ O SA NISJA A O ANID AA 1 62 Part 1 System Outline ESIE07 11 General Outline SYMBOLS NOTES CC Cooling capacity kW 1 The power input is for compressor only cooling cap and power Pl Power input for the compressor only kW input referred to evap fouling factor 0 0176m2 C kW LWE gt Leaving Water Evaporator C Part 1 System Outline 1 63 General Outline ESIE07 11 1 9 Capacity tables EWAP AJYNN OPRN OPLN EWAP800 C14AJY NNT OAN PORIN Unit size wi AIR AMBIENT TEMPERATURE C z 25 30 35 38 cc PI cc PI cc PI cc PI 800 4 771 2 273 9 729 4 304 9 685 2 340 5 657 2 364 4 5 792 3 277 9 749 7 308 7 704 4 344 1 675 9 367 8 6 813 6 281 9 770 1 312 7 724 0 347 9 694 8 371 4
42. 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 The Digital Controller 2 4 33 Main Menu Operational information Main screen 1 Using this menu you can read the operational information such as the cooling setpoint the inlet and outlet water temperatures the circuit status etc Key menu Password NO Switching between control board 1 and 2 info This screen shows information about the compressor status unit status and setpoint DD MM YY Unit status Cooling staging Stp Source Line 1 gives current date and time Line 2 gives the compressor status m Compressor OFF m Compressor ON m X Compressor disabled or alarm Line 3 gives the unit status in percent with the following possibilities m Cooling staging xx m Off Alarm Unit OFF for alarm m Off Rem Comm Unit OFF by remote communication supervisor or BMS m Off Time Schedule Unit OFF by time schedule m OffLoc Remote Sw Unit OFF through switch m Off Keypad Unit OFF through keypad key on off m Waiting Flow Unit ON waiting for evaporator water flow m Waiting Load Unit ON without compressors working because not required by load m Nocomps available Unit ON with no compressors available for automatic management compressor switch OFF or alarm or in manual mode m FSM Operation Unit working in Fan Silent Mode Part 2 Functional Description 2 29 The Digital Contr
43. 5 C switch off unit En Ambient Lockout Setpoint Diff m When the ambient temperature gets below the ambient lockout set point the unit will be switched off m When the unit is off by ambient lockout and the temperature rises above 6 C the unit will restart and continue operation 2 94 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 Functional Control 3 11 Pump Control Introduction Pump lead time Pump lag time To prevent the chiller to start up without flow safety checks are performed First there is a check to make sure that water flows through the system The pump control of the user menu allows the user to define the pump lead and the pump lag time Time Between Main Pump Fan and Comp Start When the unit is switched on the pump will run for 30 seconds before the chiller compressors can start During these 30 seconds of pump lead time you will also need a closed flow switch for 20 seconds Delay on Switching the Main Pump Off When an off signal is given to the controller thermostat local remote switch the pump will run for another 180 seconds before switching off pump lag time During these 180 seconds the unit will execute the pump down procedure Part 2 Functional Description 2 95 Functional Control ESIE07 11 3 12 Auto Restart after Power Failure Function Function The Auto restart after power failure allows the unit to restar
44. 5 72 5 Refrigerant circuit Refrigerant type Refrigerant charge kg 120 130 140 150 160 180 No of circuits 2 2 2 2 2 3 Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve Piping connections Evaporator water inlet outlet Victaulic diameter 219 1mm Safety Devices High pressure pressure switch Low pressure pressure switch Condensation fan magneto thermal High discharge temperature on the compressor Phase monitor Star delta transition failed Low delta pressure between suction and discharge Low pressure ratio High oil pressure drop Low oil pressure Notes Nominal cooling capacity and power input are based on 12 7 C entering leaving water temp and 35 C air ambi ent temp Power input is for the whole unit MODEL EWAPC13AJ EWAPC14AJY EWAPC15AJYN EWAPC16AJYN EWAPC17AJYN EWAPC18AJY YNN NN N N N NN Capacity Eurovent Cooling Nominal kw 1284 1354 1426 1516 1583 1650 conditions specified in notes Capacity Steps stepless stepless stepless 8 3 10 stepless 8 3 10 stepless 8 3 10 stepless 8 3 10 8 3 10 8 3 10 Nominal input Eurov Cooling kw 546 578 609 647 682 717 ent conditions speci fied in notes EER 2 35 2 34 2 34 2 34 2 32 2 30 ESEER 2 98 2 98 2 97 Casing Colour RAL7032 Dimensions Unit Height mm 2520 2520 2520 Width mm 10070 10070 10970 Depth mm 2230 2230 2230 Weight Unit kg 8305 8435 8890 Operating weight kg 8775 8905 9360 Part 1 System Outlin
45. 81 5 Pressure Sound Pressure dBA 76 0 76 0 76 5 76 5 77 0 77 0 OPRN Sound Pressure OPLN dBA 66 5 67 0 67 5 67 5 67 5 67 5 Refrigerant circuit Refrigerant type R 407C Refrigerant charge kg 250 260 270 280 290 300 No of circuits 3 3 3 3 3 3 Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve Piping connections Evaporator water inlet outlet Victaulic diameter 273mm Part 1 System Outline ESIE07 11 General Outline Safety Devices High pressure pressure switch Low pressure pressure switch Condensation fan magneto thermal High discharge temperature on the compressor Phase monitor Star delta transition failed Low delta pressure between suction and discharge Low pressure ratio High oil pressure drop Low oil pressure Nominal cooling capacity and power input are based on 12 7 C entering leaving water temp and 35 C air ambi ent temp Power input is for the whole unit Unit C17 and C18 are longer than 14000 mm so beware of special transportation required Part 1 System Outline 1 11 General Outline ESIE07 11 1 4 Electrical Specifications EWAP AJYNN Electrical The table below contains the electrical specifications specifications MODEL EWA
46. 885 2 439 2 1324 4 9 1088 9 330 4 1419 3 1033 3 363 4 1396 7 974 6 400 4 1375 0 912 7 441 8 1354 5 C10 4 1024 6 343 9 1368 5 969 2 380 6 1349 8 910 8 421 9 1332 7 849 1 468 5 1317 6 5 1056 3 346 9 1403 2 999 9 383 4 1383 3 940 3 424 5 1364 8 877 3 470 7 1348 0 6 1088 5 350 0 1438 5 1030 9 386 3 1417 2 970 2 427 2 1397 4 906 0 473 1 1379 1 7 1121 2 353 3 1474 5 1062 5 389 4 1451 9 1000 6 430 0 1430 6 935 1 475 6 1410 7 8 1154 4 356 6 1511 0 1094 6 392 6 1487 2 1031 5 433 0 1464 5 964 7 478 3 1443 0 9 1188 1 360 1 1548 2 1127 1 396 0 1523 1 1062 8 436 1 1498 9 994 8 481 1 1475 9 C11 4 1091 0 370 3 1461 3 1032 5 410 1 1442 6 970 8 455 0 1425 8 905 4 505 6 1411 0 5 1124 5 373 5 1498 0 1064 9 413 1 1478 0 1001 9 457 7 1459 6 935 3 507 8 1443 1 6 1158 5 376 8 1535 3 1097 7 416 2 1513 9 1033 5 460 5 1494 0 965 6 510 3 1475 9 7 1193 0 380 2 1573 2 1131 0 419 4 1550 4 1065 6 463 5 1529 1 996 4 512 9 1509 3 8 1228 0 383 7 1611 7 1164 9 422 8 1587 7 1098 2 466 6 1564 8 1027 7 515 7 1543 4 9 1263 5 387 4 1650 9 1199 2 426 3 1625 5 1131 3 469 9 1601 2 1059 5 518 7 1578 2 C12 4 1145 4 396 1 1541 5 1084 5 442 7 1527 2 1020 0 496 3 1516 3 951 4 557 8 1509 2 5 1180 4 398 8 1579 2 1118 4 444 9 1563 3 1052 7 497 9 1550 6 982 9 558 6 1541 5 6 1216 0 401 6 1617 6 1152 8 447 3 1600 1
47. 950 5 267 4 903 6 294 5 854 4 325 3 802 4 360 3 791 7 367 9 900 4 967 5 255 2 921 4 281 0 873 3 310 3 822 8 343 6 769 3 381 4 758 3 389 6 5 996 0 258 8 949 0 284 6 899 9 313 8 848 2 346 8 793 7 384 4 782 5 392 5 6 1025 1 262 5 977 2 288 3 926 9 317 4 874 1 350 3 818 4 387 5 807 0 395 6 7 1054 5 266 3 1005 5 292 1 954 2 321 1 900 3 353 8 843 5 390 9 831 7 398 8 8 1084 4 270 3 1034 2 296 0 981 9 325 0 926 9 357 6 868 9 394 3 857 0 402 2 9 1114 6 274 3 1063 5 300 1 1010 0 329 0 953 8 361 4 894 6 398 0 882 4 405 8 950 4 1042 8 279 5 993 4 307 2 941 7 338 4 887 6 373 5 830 3 413 0 818 4 421 5 5 1073 3 283 5 1022 9 311 2 970 2 342 3 914 6 377 3 856 2 416 7 844 2 425 1 6 1104 1 287 7 1052 7 315 4 998 8 346 4 942 1 381 3 882 5 420 4 870 2 428 8 7 11355 291 9 1082 9 319 7 1027 8 350 7 970 2 385 4 909 2 424 4 896 6 432 7 8 1167 3 296 3 1113 6 324 1 1057 4 355 0 998 4 389 7 936 3 428 5 923 4 436 8 9 1199 4 300 8 1144 6 328 6 1087 3 359 5 1027 0 394 1 963 7 432 7 950 6 441 0 C10 4 1141 8 308 1 1086 9 338 3 1029 3 372 4 968 8 410 7 905 2 453 8 892 0 463 1 5 1175 3 312 7 1119 1 342 9 1060 4 376 9 998 6 415 0 933 6 457 9 920 2 467 1 6 1209 3 317 4 1152 0 347 6 1091 9 381 5 1028 8 419 5 962 4 462 2 948 7 471 4 7 1243 9 322 2 1185 2 352 5 1123 9 386 3 1059 5 424 2 991 6 466 7 977 6 475 8 8 1278 8 327 1 1218 9 357 5 1156 3 391 3 1090 5 429 1 1021 2 471 4 1007 0
48. Chapter oii elne a naea aa eaa ROEL a E EEEa 2 3 1 2 Operational Range EWAP AJYNN cocoocconccconcccnccconncnonannncconccrnrccnnccnnns 2 4 1 3 Operational Range EWAP AJYNN with option OPRN OPLN 2 6 1 4 Operational Range EWAP AJYNN A eeccececeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeneeeeeeeenerenees 2 8 15 Operational Range EWAP AJYNN A with option OPRN OPLN 2 10 Table of Contents i ESIE07 11 2 The Digital Controller 2 1 Whatils in This Chapten 2 e a ie CEA eones 2 13 2 2 System Architecture se a az Atos det AO pes 2 14 2 3 Customer Interfaces ua irte Wasi 2 15 2 4 Display and Keypad a o a R aa d n 2 24 3 Functional Control 3 1 What Is In This Chapter concocinccnnnccnnccconnconccconnconnnonn cnn ccnnnncnncnonnncancnnnnnnnns 2 77 3 2 ON OFF Management coccoccconcccnccconcnconnconnnnnnncnncnonnnnnnc cnn cnn cn arc nrnnc ranas 2 79 3 3 Thermostat Control y z z e a a a e 2 80 3 4 Setpoint Reset of the Chilled Water euueeeaa aaa aaa aaa caacaiaa 2 85 3 5 Return Water Reset irc do ero dada 2 88 3 6 Fre ze up Control cavidad ricota ita 2 89 3 7 Enable Softilo adriana alada ooo hid alr 2 91 3 8 Unit Load LIMIting via 2 92 3 9 Start Up With High Evaporator Water Temperature 11111111 2 93 3 10 Ambient LockdU titi 2 94 3 11 PUMpiCoOntrOl vertical ii tened 2 95 3 12 Auto Restart after Power Failure FunctiON oooocconnnccnnnonccnncocnnnanncannrnnnnns 2 96 3 13 Liquid
49. Compressor maintenance Electrical control Refrigerant sight glass To ensure proper operation at peak capacity and to avoid damage to package components a program of periodic inspections should be set up and followed The following items are intended as a guide and are to be used during inspection and must be combined with sound coming from the compressor and electrical practices to ensure troublefree performance The liquid line sightglass indicator on all circuits must be checked to be sure the glass is full and clear If the indicator shows that a wet condition exists and or there are bubbles in the glass even with a full refrigerant charge the filter drier element must be changed The screw Frame 4 compressor does not require frequent maintenance However vibration test is an excellent check for proper mechanical operation Compressor vibration is an indicator of the requirement for maintenance and contributes to a decrease in unit performance and efficiency It is recommended to check the compressor with a vibration analyser at or shortly after start up and again on an annual basis When performing the test the load should be maintained as closely as possible to the load of the original test The vibration analyser test provides a fingerprint of the compressor and when performed routinely it can give a warning of impending problems The compressor is supplied with a cartridge oil filter It is a good policy to replace this filter anyt
50. Cond Regulation Regul Band 05 0 bar Neutral Band 00 0 bar Cond Regulation Integral Time Derivative Time These parameters are used for the PID function Maintenance menu The controller will calculate the fan speed according to the HP to match the entered HP setpoint 2 116 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 Functional Control 3 25 4 On off fans phase cut OPLA management Function description The logic of regulation of this system is only present in the units with OPLA and is similar to the two previously described functions The speed regulator is applied only to some fans while the others are controlled with the steps system Such system allows the operation of the units in very low air temperatures without the necessity to install complex and more expensive solutions 3 25 5 Fan silent mode Function description This function is only available when the unit is equipped with VFD fans The fan silent mode function allows to reduce the unit noise limiting the maximum fan speed according to a time schedule The function may operate only if a continuous speed regulation is adopted Its parameters may be set under User password The function is bypassed whenever the condensation pressure exceeds the condenser pressure stage hold threshold This function will allow limitaion of the maximum fan speed in certain periods of a day or some days of the year It is accessible under th
51. D iemet start da o3 aaa Gcaocuments a mel enthuy Joakn in Extranet ES iicrosoft Power File Download RE Ju on 6 Daikin Extranet Winload32 Program Microsoft Internet Explorer provided by Daikin Europe l l x File Edt View Favorites Tools Help 60 Links gt Bak gt OA A Rech Favores Meda GI A Download the file to your hard disk 1 Browse to the place were you want to save the file Example save on C drive Document Library E Data Books Winload32 v3 30 pr Service Department Winload32 3 30 pri Claim Treatment Company Quality Meeting Spare Parts Software Downloads Training Airco in the Press References Contact us Attached you will fir winload32 v3 30_tem135 34813 29 12 WinZip File wI wi Jfextranet daikineurope com enjbinariesfwin oad32 20v3 2E30_tcm135 34813 zip sets O AGEEHMEs Scenes Gmchelvanthuy osknEdranet EJMerosot Poner fre Download sm 9 14 3 18 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE07 11 Procedure for Software Upload Download Step Action 7 gt _ B 18 x File Edt View Favorites Tools Help Bok gt EJ Osea Ayrolders 3 Address C x o Folders x By Desktop aj 303 2005 9 39 4 My Documents b jBMSCONFIGEN File Folder 7 07 2004 14 21 C 1000cds Local Disk C
52. EWAPC1 Alumin 7AJYNN ium 9455 9900 1165 1165 955 955 1300 13 485 485 495 49 550 55 EWAPC1 Acrylic 00 5 0 7AJYNN Coated OPRN EWAPC1 Alumin 9815 10260 1225 1225 103 1035 1340 13 485 485 495 49 550 55 7AJYNN ium 5 40 5 0 OPLN Acrylic coated EWAPC1 7AJYNN EWAPC1 Rubber Type q ty 786010 m 6Pz 786010 w 6Pz 7AJYNN isolators OPRN EWAPC1 7AJYNN OPLN Part 1 System Outline 1 35 General Outline ESIE07 11 EWAPC18AJYNN unit mm The illustration below shows the outlook the dimensions and the installation and service space of the 40 O 11870 Control box 2820 425 E 2225 Frame See detail A 1800 T ru OOOO slololololelololololo 3 L ch ch rh rh ch ch ca cp EJ U c c N L G E c A I 8 5 R P M H F DPA B f ch rh ch f ch T CH Ce e Tp CJ al 390 4 45 34 45 1500 Isolators location Victaulic coupling furnished Connecting pipe furnished Detail B 1 Air discharge Or See detail B s7o OY 80 80 Optional right hand evaporator water O O OJO ojo 1800 Fan arrangements and minimum clearance requirements _ Fixing bolt not furnished Concrete footing MZD 3 I D 13 N 4 holes Detail A rubber isolator
53. INIECOM exorcista add aia 2 97 3 14 Economizer FUNCION ciclista ri 2 98 3 15 EXV Pre OpENINQ sii ini it 2 99 3 16 Compressor Configuration ooooincccnncnnnnnnncnncnnncnoncnnannconn cnn ccnnccrarrn nn 2 100 3 17 Compressor Management eecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeseeeeeaeeseaeeeeeesaeeeeaeeenrensaes 2 101 3 18 High Pressure Setback dininin sisii eea K a Aa iS 2 103 3 19 LP Preventloni zs tai 2 104 3 20 Capacity Control Witt atic coh Attar eh et ihe 2 105 3 21 Pump Down Configuration at Compressor Stop 21 21 111 1111 2 108 3 22 Pressure Safeti s viii dea ipods 2 109 3 23 LP alarm delay eee dada davl a dae ideal eine eles 2 111 3 24 Oil Management Safeties ecceeceesceceeeeeeeeeneeseeeeeeeeeseeeeaeeseeseaeeeneeeaes 2 112 3 25 Head Pressure Control ccescesesceesceceeeeeseeseaeeseeseaeeeaeeesaeeseeseaeeeeesaaes 2 114 3 26 Heat Recovery Microprocessor Control 0 cccceeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeneees 2 118 3 27 Heat Recovery Operation ccccecceseceseeeeeneeceeeeeeeseeeeeeeseeeeeeeseaeeeneeeaes 2 119 3 28 Heat Recovery Microprocessor Set Up c scecsceeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeneees 2 120 Part 3 Troubleshooting 1 Overview of Fault Indications and Safeties 1 1 What Is in This Chapter ceceecceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeseeeeaeeeeeeteaeeseeeseaeeee 3 3 1 2 What to do in the Event of an Alarm e ceeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeneeeeeees 3 4 1 3 Overview of SafelieS
54. Leaving evaporator water temperature c Unit version EWAP AJYNN A Max ambient temperature 1 46 C Min ambient temperature 10 2 Max leaving evaporator water temperature 10 Min leaving evaporator water temperature without glycol 4 C Min leaving evaporator water temperature with glycol 8 C Max evaporator AT 6 C Min evaporator AT 4 C Notes 1 The max ambient temperature refers to units working at full load With higher temperatures the chillers will unload 2 8 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 Operation Range 2 When the air temperature is higher than 10 C the fan speed control device OPFS should be used It allows the unit to work with air temperature down to 10 C Low ambient operation OPLA allows it to reach 18 C Part 2 Functional Description 2 9 Operation Range ESIE07 11 1 5 Operational Range EWAP AJYNN A with option OPRN OPLN Operational range The illustration below shows the operational range of EWAP AJYNN A with option OPRN and EWAP AJYNN A with option OPLN Ambient C 50 42 40 aa ete L standard unit E with Fanspeed control device OPFS EX with Low ambient operation OPLA 20 10 10 18 20 I I 1 I glycol Iwater I I l Leaving evaporator 30 water 8 4 9 temperature 20 10 0 10 20 30 c F EWAP AJYNN A Unit version OPR
55. M H E D B Fan arrangements and minimum clearance e H ch 4 requirements gioja 2345 2545 2546 2345 1500 Detail A rubber isolator Isolators location Fixing bolt not furnished Detail B Concrete footing Victaulic coupling furnished Connecting pipe furnished El LD 13 N 4 holes 184 Part 1 System Outline ESIE07 11 General Outline Components The table below lists the components 5 Component Condenser coil Evaporator Evaporator water inlet Evaporator water outlet Victaulic connections for 219 1 O D tube Operating and control panel 360x150 slot for power and control panel connection 8 lifting shackles 12 isolator mounting holes 25 mm DIA O 4 O RE DD 0 Coil protection guards optional 1 Compressors enclosure optional Version Con Weight KG Isolators load KG denser Ship Operat A B C D E F G H L M N P type ping ing EWAPC12AJY Alumin NN A ium 9350 9620 115 115 955 95 112 11 51 515 510 51 550 55 EWAPC12AJY Acrylic NES AJ A eral S p i NN A OPRN Coated EWAPC12AJY Alumin 9710 9980 121 121 103 10 116 11 51 515 510 51 550 55 NN A OPLN ium 5 5 5 35 5 65 5 0 0 Acrylic coated EWAPC12AJY NN A EWAPC12AJY Rubber Type q ty 786010 m 6Pz 786010 w 6Pz NN A OPRN isolators EWAPC12AJY NN A OPLN
56. Operational Range EWAP AJYNN Operational range The illustration below shows the operational range of EWAP AJYNN Ambient C 50 di cae EE L standard unit 40 with Fanspeed control device OPFS EF with Low ambient operation OPLA 20 10 10 18 20 I i i l glycol Iwater l l l l Leaving i evaporator 30 water 20 40 o d 20 30 on Unit version EWAP AJYNN Max ambient temperature 1 42 C Min ambient temperature 10 2 Max leaving evaporator water temperature 10 Min leaving evaporator water temperature without glycol 4 C Min leaving evaporator water temperature with glycol 8 C Max evaporator AT 6 C Min evaporator AT 4 C Notes 1 The max ambient temperature refers to units working at full load With higher temperatures the chillers will unload 2 4 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 Operation Range 2 When the air temperature is lower than 10 C the fan speed control device OPFS should be used It allows the unit to work with air temperature down to 10 C Low ambient operation OPLA allows it to reach 18 C Part 2 Functional Description 2 5 Operation Range ESIE07 11 1 3 Operational Range EWAP AJYNN with option OPRN OPLN Operational range The illustration below shows the operational range of EWAP AJYNN with option OPRN and EWAP AJYNN with option OPLN Ambient C 50 42
57. Remark If you want to combine the heat recovery inverter fan unit with a standard unit in DICN Please send mail to fags technicalsenices daikineurope com Stepless compressor units Please read remarks first Hydrocube xl a TFT enea Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 17 Procedure for Software Upload Download ESIE07 11 Step Action 5 3 Daikin Extranet Winload32 Program Microsoft Internet Explorer provided by Daikin Europe le xi Fle Edt View Favorites Toos Heb E 9199 A Qs Giron Ger SIGA Click on winload32 to download the file Address http extranet daitineurope com en software service pco2 winloads2 winloadaz pr rr 2 file download screen will appear Y DAIKIN Air conditioning Refreshes your life 3 CICK o zak save Software Downloads gt Service Software gt Chiller PCO gt Winicad32 Home Marketing Winload32 Pr c bmputer If the file information below Data poaka Wintoad32 v3 30 SPO looks suspicious you donot fully trust the source do not open or News Service Department Winload32 v3 30 tallation of this program Claim Treatment Co Meeting Attached you ill ts Spare Parts Software Downloads a a ell ae cn ener bo ai Airco in the Press References Open E Cancel More Info FF Always ask before opening this type of fle aif http extranet daikineurope com en binaries Winload32 20v3 2E30_tem135 34813 2ip
58. S Wait until the request for copying appears on the LCD display then release the buttons and confirm by pressing ENTER The data transfer operation takes about 50s using the 1MB key and 100s using the 2MB one The display will show a progressive series of numbers Once copied the application program will start Switch off the pCO remove the key put the cover in its place and switch on the pCO again Now the pCO works with the program transferred by the key 3 14 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE07 11 Procedure for Software Upload Download 3 3 Copy from pCO to the Software Key m Switch off the pCO and remove the expansion memory cover with a screwdriver see Fig 1 m Set the key selector on of m Insert the key in the corresponding pin connector as shown see Fig 2 m Press the buttons UP and DOWN simultaneously and then supply the pCO m Check if the LED on the key is on green color D m Wait until the request for copying appears on the LCD display then release the buttons and confirm by pressing ENTER m If the application includes a password to protect the software use the UP and DOWN buttons on the terminal to enter the correct password Then press enter m The data transfer operation takes about 50s using the 1MB key and 100s using the 2MB one The display will show a progressive series of numbers m Once copied the application program starts Switch off the pCO
59. TOTO TOTO TO TOTO so SABA e ototototota N 1800 6 cae Eg Ea ap Fan arrangements and minimum clearance 3 requirements 5 Y An Mank d ch IH Fay oot aco 300 1700 2930 1500 Detail A rubber isolator Fixing bolt not furnished ooo Concrete footing I D 13 N 4 holes Victaulic coupling furnished Connecting pipe furnished PO 1 18 Part 1 System Outline ESIE07 11 General Outline Components The table below lists the components No Component 1 Condenser coil 2 Evaporator 3 Evaporator water inlet 4 Evaporator water outlet 5 Victaulic connections for 219 1 O D tube 6 Operating and control panel 7 360x150 slot for power and control panel connection 8 4 lifting shackles 9 8 isolator mounting holes 25 mm DIA 10 Coil protection guards optional 11 Compressors enclosure optional Version Condenser type Weight KG Isolators load KG Shipping Operating A B C D E F G H EWAP900AJYNN Aluminium EWAP900AJYNN Acrylic coated 5625 5910 1020 1115 840 915 675 695 330 320 OPRN EWAPS00AJYNN Aluminium 5885 6150 1080 1175 900 975 675 895 330 320 OPLN Acrylic coated EWAPS00AJYNN EWAPS00AJYNN OPRN Rubber isolators Type q ty 786010 m 4Pz 786010 w 4Pz EWAPS00AJYNN OPLN Part 1 System Outline 1 19 General Outline ESIE07 11
60. alarm differential to be able to reset low pressure alarm setpoint diff LP alarm delay This screen allows you to set the low pressure alarm delay timers Low Press Alarm Delays Start Up Delay Run Delay m Start Up Delay Low pressure bypass timer during start up of compressor m Run Delay Low pressure delay time before unit goes into LP alarm when unit is in oper Pressure ratio ation This screen allows you to set the pressure ratio alarm setpoints alarm Pressure Ratio Alarm Min Load Setp Max Load Setp m Min Load Setp Pressure ratio alarm setpoint when compressor is operating at minimum load m Max Load Seip Pressure ratio alarm setpoint when compressor is operating at full load Remark The actual pressure ratio alarm setpoint will be calculated according to the actual compressor capacity 2 54 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 The Digital Controller Pressure ratio alarm delay Oil high pressure diff alarm Liquid injection This screen allows you to set the pressure ratio alarm delay timers Pressure Ratio Alarm Start Up Delay Run Delay m Start Up Delay Pressure ratio alarm bypass timer during start up of compressor m Run Delay Pressure ratio alarm delay time before unit goes into pressure ratio alarm when unit is in operation This screen allows you to set the oil high pressure diff alarm settings Oil High Pressure Diff Alarm Setp Delay m S
61. compressor units to 12 5 two compressor units This modulation allows the compressor capacity to exactly match the building cooling load The result is a decrease in chiller energy costs particularly at the part load conditions at which the chiller operates most of the time Additionally in some cases there should be a possibility to avoid inertial tank in the water circuit Function The compressor capacity moving of the sliding vane is done by oil pressure The controller will decide description to feed or to drain oil from the capacity control piston compartment in order to load or download m When the unload valve B is energized the valve will feed oil to the piston and the slide will move to the right loading down m When the load valve A is energized the valve A will open The discharge pressure will push the sliding vane to the left and the oil will drain via the loading valve Number of pulses The compressor load regulation is controlled by a fixed number of pulses to the two solenoid valves draining and feeding oil in the slide valve chamber With the default settings the compressor will load from 25 capacity to 100 capacity in 15 pulses Number of Pulses To Load Comp Number of Pulses To Unload Comp Part 2 Functional Description 2 105 Functional Control ESIE07 11 Pulse time The time of the pulse time is fixed default 0 3 s The interval time between two pulses is proportional
62. coupling furnished ae 1D 13 N 4 holes Connecting pipe furnished 168 184 786011 h 786010 m 1 44 Part 1 System Outline ESIE07 11 General Outline Components The table below lists the components 5 Component Condenser coil Evaporator Evaporator water inlet Evaporator water outlet Victaulic connections for 219 1 O D tube Operating and control panel 360x150 slot for power and control panel connection 8 lifting shackles 8 isolator mounting holes 25 mm DIA O 4 O RE DD 0 Coil protection guards optional 1 Compressors enclosure optional Version Condenser type Weight KG Isolators load KG Shipping Operating A B Cc D E F G H EWAPC10AJYNN A Aluminium EWAPC10AJYNN A Acrylic coated 6725 6980 1075 1155 885 955 845 865 600 600 OPRN EWAPC10AJYNN A Aluminium 6965 7220 1135 1215 945 1015 845 865 600 600 OPLN Acrylic coated EWAPC10AJYNN A EWAPC10AJYNN A OPRN Rubber isolators Type q ty 786010 m 4Pz 786011 h 4Pz EWAPC10AJYNN A OPLN Part 1 System Outline 1 45 General Outline ESIE07 11 EWAPC11AJYNN A The illustration below shows the outlook the dimensions and the installation and service space of the unit mm 1 46 Part 1 System Outline ESIE07 11 General Outline Components The table below lists the componen
63. ee RS485 n I I I pCO2 controller 1 pCOe I I I I I I p Compressor 1 amp Compressor 2 1 Expansion I pCO2 controller 2 Compressor 3 amp Compressor 4 EEXV Driver EEXV Driver EEXV Driver EEXV Driver 1 2 3 4 pLAN Display 2 14 Part 2 Functional Description ESIEO07 11 The Digital Controller 2 3 Customer Interfaces Overview This chapter contains the following topics Topic See page 2 3 1 Control Panel 2 15 2 3 2 Main board 2 16 2 3 3 EEXV Valve Driver 2 18 2 3 4 Meaning of the Driver EEXV Status LEDs 2 20 2 3 5 pCO Expansion 2 21 2 3 6 Addressing of plan RS485 2 23 2 3 1 Control Panel General description The Control Panel is constituted by the backlight display 4 line by 20 character and by the 15 key keypad whose functions will be illustrated in 2 4 Display and Keypad m Backlight Display ES Keys lks EL Trimmer for brightness adjustment Addressing Microswitches Part 2 Functional Description 2 15 The Digital Controller ESIE07 11 2 3 2 Main board General description The control board contains the hardware and the software necessary to monitor and to control the unit The figure below shows the main board Power supply G GO Status LED Fuse 250Vac Universal analog i
64. external signal coming from BMS system m Superv Current Unit limiting with external signal coming from BMS system Unit limiting current This screen is only visible when current limit or superv current limit is selected limit Superv current limit Current Limit Set 4mA 20 mA Max Curr This function is only available on SPN units special request Compressor This screen allows you to set the compressors sequencing sequencing Compressors Sequencing Auto Possible settings m Auto Automatic rotation according to the running hours of each compressor m Manual Manual set sequence for each compressor stage Manualcompressor _ This screen is only visible when manual compressor sequencing is selected sequencing This screen allows you to set the sequence of the compressors When selected the sequence is fixed and the controller will no longer look for the running hours of each compressor Set Compressor Stage C 1 1st C 2 C 3 3rd C 4 2 36 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 The Digital Controller Pump lead time This screen allows you to set the time between the main pump and the compressor start Time Between Main Pump Fan and Comp Start m T me30s Pump lead time the pump will operate for 30 seconds changeable before the compressor can start Pump lag time This screen allows you to set the delay on switching off the pump Delay on Switching the Main
65. file Service Department EUWA_MZY Air File name V3 1MB_tom135 34822 zip Claim Treatment File type WirZip File Company Quality Meeting Unzip attached fi From extranet daikineurope com Spare Parts Software Downloads Training a RADO Would you like to open the file or save it to your computer Airco in the Press References Open Save Cancel More Info Contest ve O Always ask bpf re opening this type of file Click to download the file Select save to download the file to your PC i E httpi fextranet daikineurope com enfbinariesfEUWA_MZY 20 20v3 ZE1M6_tcm135 34822 zip l Internet start SO UA ME Gjcioamen gt Presentat EJMierosoftPo Daikin Extra QWnzp EU Fite Download 15 21 Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 21 Procedure for Software Upload Download ESIE07 11 Step Action 13 Es linZip EUWA_M2Y 20 20Y3 2E 1M6_tem135 3482211 zip Deuwa1o0m2 ap Deuwarzomz ap EUWAL60MZ 2ip EUWA180MZ zip EUWAZOOMZ 2ip EUWA4OMZ zjp IWA_MZY 3 1M6_tcm135 34822 2ip File Actions Options Help 14 33 314 3 02 2006 14 3 02 2006 14 33 399 395 3 02 2006 14 33 399 443 3 02 2006 14 33 399 446 3 02 2006 14 33 399 951 3 02 2006 14 32 399 432 pe 1 Open the saved zip file 209 463 2 Select the file for the unit aa capacity 0 399 432 3 Press extract IM CG G W S
66. gale does ta eget ge W WE de Ly band RA w 2 103 liguid ihjeCIO ya cena ees AAA AAN EE A eae 2 97 LPalarm delay ii A eed ven Reece dee vee de 2 111 EP prevention ics aia tetany dre a cs eae lace 2 104 oil ma agementisafeti S hoc iman epee Siete act tera a nt Feb gl alias dupe Doc 2 112 ON OFF management uaaaaaaaeaaaa za a aaa aaa 2 79 EA AA A A A 2 109 P MP CONFON ocios al da es dah eee ia ee 2 95 pump down configuration at compressor Stop auaaaaaaaae aaa aaa teens 2 108 return water eset cies bat lA Ge PRD rd pen ey 2 88 setpoint reset of the chilled water 2 02 eet teens 2 85 start up with high evaporator water temperature 2 2 00 0 00 cece ects 2 93 thermostat control sansen Usa ts ee pa MG ie a ee te A 2 80 unitload liMitiNg do et hed a A eee Dealer Lae hades 2 92 controller menu MAMANI Roe is 2 72 bufferalarm MON zee eek eee te rele onde Acted analogue cal cecal eer a acer O gt waa of 2 75 EXV Setting MENU ii ew seen ea Mey ne Bea A deere set 2 59 input OUT OUT MSU scans di ad 2 42 maintenance input MENU owsa see ce eet erential ae Oe eee la 2 66 maintenance output MENU re 2 eee aaa 2 63 manufacturer MU ep aaah oe wea ere O ae oe 2 46 serviCe MU A babo ory Geis A Role teal yy GRE ee ele tes 2 71 setting MU Gos Rea cae a a tad 2 41 USEM MULA A Ae eae pote eee eaten rae rake 2 34 Index i ESIE07 11 correction factors AIEI UAE asier ode PA A 1 73 ethylene glycol
67. give an alarm description discharge pressure Abs pressure ratio suction pressure Abs Pressure ratio 25 cap 100 cap m When the unit is at 25 capacity the unit will go into alarm when the pressure ratio is below 1 4 for a specified time m When the unit is at 100 capacity the unit will go into alarm when the pressure ratio is below 1 8 for a specified time m When the unit is between 25 and 100 capacity the unit will go into alarm when the pressure ratio is below the calculated value for a specified time Pressure Ratio Alarm Min Load Setp Max Load Setp 3 24 2 Pressure ratio alarm delay Function Delay time before the unit goes into pressure ratio alarm description m start up delay At start up the unit will start to check the pressure ratio after the 180 seconds start up delay timer m run delay When the unit is in operation the pressure ratio can be below the setpoint for a specified time before the unit will trip on the pressure ratio alarm 2 112 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 Functional Control Pressure Ratio Alarm Start Up Delay Run Delay 3 24 3 High Oil DP Alarm Function When the pressure drop across the oil filter becomes too big higher than 2 5 bar the unit will shut description down and generate the high oil DP alarm HP Oil Pressure sensor Oil Filter E inside compressor The alarm activates when the DP
68. if there is a cooling load demand will start the corresponding compressor Repeat the sequence for Q2 Q3 Q4 selectors according to the number of compressors installed Push the On Off button on the keypad or by remote switch to de energise the unit green light become off all the compressors will carry out its pump down cycle and then stop Switch off the water pumps Part 5 Maintenance Maintenance ESIE07 11 1 5 Seasonal Shut down Procedure m Turn the Q1 selector to Off position The compressor will carry out its pump down cycle and then stop m Repeat the sequence for all the selectors Q2 Q3 and Q4 to stop all the other compressors m Switch the QO selector from Local to off position m Push the On Off button on the keypad to de energise the unit green light become off m Open the circuit breaker Q12 to stop the auxiliary circuit m Open the main switch Q10 to remove the power supplier to the unit In this condition the oil electric heater is off When you restart the unit before switching on the compressors wait at least 12 hours to heat the oil Close the shut off valves of the refrigerant circuits m Switch off the water pumps m Empty the water heat exchangers or fill them with glycol for freeze protection 5 10 Part 5 Maintenance ESIE07 11 Maintenance 1 6 Maintenance Shut down Procedure Turn the Q1 selector to Off position The compressor will
69. lt Shutdown DT amp Cooling or T SetP lt Shutdown DT amp Heating Waiting 22 Stop Off Off Off 23 Off Off Off Off Loading and The graph below shows the different loading and unloading zones unloading zones I I l l I I I I I I E 10 pol I I I l il I I 1 loading unloading 1 I I l band band I 5 3 5 5 6 3 7 7 7 8 5 9 7 dead band 0 2 C shut down AT 1 7 C start up AT 2 7 C E mi pr reload AT reload AT 0 7 C 0 7 C o Regulation band 3 C lt p Settings Do not change m Max pull down 1 2 min m Dead band 0 2 C m Reload AT 0 7 C m Interstage 210 s Part 2 Functional Description 2 83 Functional Control ESIE07 11 Other settings m Start up AT 2 6 C m Shutdown AT 1 7 C m Regulation band 3 C EXAMPLE Upload 1 m If the water temperature is above 9 6 C the chiller can start below 9 6 C the chiller will wait m Unit will start leader compressor 2 m Unit will load leader compressor till 75 3 m If the temperature is in Regulation Band gt wait interstage time default 210 sec m If the temperature is approaching setpoint after interstage time gt wait no need to start new compressors because chilled water temperature is decreasing prevent undershoot m After interstage time check if temperature is in unloading band 4a No Unit will add next compressor 25 capacity and keep the l
70. m Valve Type Type of valve used in unit m Gas Type Refrigerant used in unit This screen allows you to enable disable the extra steps at closing or opening of the expansion valve EXV Settings Opening EXTRAs Closing EXTRAs Time EXTRAs m Opening EXTRAs Y Extra opening pulses are given when fully open position is reached m Closing EXTRAs Y Extra closing pulses are given when fully closed position is reached m Time EXTRAs Function to be confirmed This screen allows you to set the superheat setpoint and superheat dead band EXV Settings SHeat Setp Dead Zone m SHeat Seip Superheat setpoint m Dead Zone Dead band around the superheat setpoint This screen allows you to set the EXV regulation PID factors EXV Settings Prop Factor Int Factor Diff Factor 2 60 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 The Digital Controller Low SH protections This screen allows you to set the low superheat protection settings EXV Settings Low SHeat Protection Low Limit Int Time m Low Limit Setpoint of the low limit function m Int Time Integral time used for the low limit function LOP protection This screen allows you to set the LOP protection parameters EXV Settings LOP Protection LOP Limit Int Time m LOP Limit Setpoint of the LOP protection function m Int time Integral time used for the LOP function MOP protection These scre
71. moves File Folder 3 03 2005 12 3 33 My Pictures my Documents File Folder 7107 2004 14 0 6 2 New Folder Ci Overzetten Laptop File Folder 15 09 2004 14 1 CJ OFFICEXP3ODAYSTRIALACTIVATOR ESS Cl Program Files File Folder 19 01 2005 10 C screensaver My Documents svenska File Folder 2 12 2004 8 58 C semi conductor My Network Places temp File Folder 9 02 2005 15 21 C Service manuals Myc a C visual test shell File Folder 29 11 2004 18 QQ ship interventions LJ WINNT File Folder 1403 2005 9 22 CJ Sim rem E devicetable 1KB Text Document 22 02 2005 8 5 Simulation boards winload32 v3 30 1 073K8 WinZip File 4 03 2005 12 0 0 test jEUwA4OMZY 183KB WinZip File 4J03 2005 14 11 6 0 Training Training 519 EC Training c520 C Trane BZ 6 CJ Trane manual LQ travel reports CJ winload presentation a my Computer E E Local Disk Ci al EA 1 26 objects plus 2 hidden Disk free space 750 MB As 4 2 LIM ad amo 0 ax fa En Na Ep 2w reo The file is now save on the hard disk of your PC Double click on the file meme 4 Ev e Sew BOGOM 14 10 3 22 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE07 11 Procedure for Software Upload Download Step Action 15 zax File Actions Options Help 16 11 2004 1 IUP File 16 11 2004 1 106 480 65 36 771 euwadOmey ILP File 16 11 2004 1 106 530 65 36 759 euwatOmzyl IUP F
72. of Daikin chillers What is in this part This part contains the following chapters Chapter See page 1 Maintenance 5 3 Part 5 Maintenance 5 1 ESIE07 11 5 2 Part 5 Maintenance ESIE07 11 Maintenance 1 Maintenance 1 1 What Is in This Chapter Introduction As shown in the table below we have grouped the maintenance in maintenance of the main parts condenser compressor and evaporator and periodical checks Precautions Correct choices and decisions have to be made before any maintenance is done Opening the refrigerant circuit may cause a loss of refrigerant or lead to system contamination m Avoid high gas concentrations While the heavy concentration of the refrigerant gas will remain on the floor level good ventilation is a must m Avoid all contact with open fires or hot surfaces With high temperatures the refrigerant gas R 134a may decompose into irritating and poisonous gas Avoid skin and hand contact with the liquid refrigerant and protect your eyes against liquid splashes Overview This chapter covers the following topics Topic See page 1 2 System Maintenance 5 4 1 3 Preventive Maintenance Schedule 5 8 1 4 Start up and Shut down 5 9 1 5 Seasonal Shut down 5 10 1 6 Maintenance Shut down 5 11 1 7 Periodical Checks 5 12 Part 5 Maintenance 5 3 Maintenance ESIE07 11 1 2 System Maintenance General
73. pecurity Catalog 10 04 21 HE Apps Betup Information 16 06 21 G 5 16 06 21 pecurity Catalog 10 04 21 Betup Information 16 06 21 guration Settings 10 04 21 10 04 21 guration Settings 10 04 21 10 06 21 ual device driver 10 06 21 16 06 21 b 10 06 21 Betup Information 10 04 21 tual device driver 10 04 21 EC mame32 Application Extension 20 05 21 CJ MODSIM without Upload Application Extension 11 06 21 BC MOVIES ext Document 16 06 21 6 0 My Documents phortcut 27 0712 O Overzetten Lapt p File 5 11 20 C Program Files plication 22 12 21 O svenska onune 9402 201 CI temp ation 22 12 21 EC visual test shell 680 winnt E Compact Disc D EB scan on 192 168 200 50 H x y gt j Type Application Size 1 24 MB 1 24 MB E my computer 3 28 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE07 11 Procedure for Software Upload Download Step Action 27 Fle Edt View Favorites Tools Help Heak gt 9 Qseach roko Her TZ X EE press SA cacarel i Jee Folders 1 Double click shortcut to winload32 13 09 21 E C Simulation boards j j i 7407 201 AR 2 The white screen will appear and the program is now Sie 8 CJ Training waiting for the controller 7i07 20 Training C520 Folder 27 07 21 C Trane BZ 5 rosoft Word Doc 16 06 21 O Trane ma 3 When you see this screen you can now put power rosoft Word Doc 12 06 21 el Acrobat Doc 1
74. probe fault or not connected Sensor B2 error M 032 B3 probe fault or not connected Sensor B3 error M 033 B4 probe fault or not connected Sensor B4 error M 034 B5 probe fault or not connected Sensor B5 error M 035 B6 probe fault or not connected Sensor B6 error M 036 B7 probe fault or not connected Sensor B7 error M 037 B8 probe fault or not connected Sensor B8 error M 039 Evaporator pump maintenance Request of evaporator pump maintenance M 040 Condenser pump maintenance Request of condenser pump maintenance M 041 Compressor maintenance Request of compressor maintenance M 050 Unit 1 offline Compressor 1 network error A 051 Unit 2 offline Compressor 2 network error A 052 Unit 3 offline Compressor 3 network error A 053 Unit 4 offline Compressor 4 network error A D01 EXV Driver Probe fault Driver EXV probe error A D02 EXV Step motor error EXV valve motor error A Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 5 Overview of Fault Indications and Safeties ESIE07 11 Alarm Alarm cause Reset DO3 EXV Driver Eeprom error Driver EXV Eeprom error M D04 EXV Driver battery error Drive EXV battery error A D08 EXV not closed during power off Valve doesn t close without power M Alarms Expansion E Expansion Board Offline or not recognized M 3 6 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE07 11 Checking the Inputs and Outputs 2 Checking the Inputs and Outputs 2 1 What is in This Chapter Introduction This chapter gives information about the con
75. reee musueteixes gt to place progam winload in this folder eA E A 5 IS 2 Carel_upload gt to place software program files in this folder H C visual test shell HO WINNT E 8 Compact Disc D 1 2 scan on 192 168 200 50 H zj 4 gt 23 cbject s plus 2 hidden Disk free space 2 25 GB bytes KE My Computer Aster 4 e OAM AA DAG Ore pac ERa Bm Elm vve Awa po Boo EE 15 25 2 ENT Ele Edt yew Favorites Tools Help eBk gt OE Qs Grates Gres G AA Address E http fextranet daineurope comienisoftwarejdefauk jsp ss L y IKI 1 Go to the Daikin Extranet website 2 Select Software downloads 3 Select Service software Home Marketing Document Library Servigg Software Product Software 5 E Data Books Progfams patches updates for service related hard and Software to support selection of equipment during the itware applications VRV checker Chiller PCO2 sales process VRV Pro VRV X press iManager iController BACnet DSnet Learn more Service Department Learn more Claim Treatment Company Quality Meetin Spare Parts Software Downloads Training Airco in the Press References Contact us PE E Dore ETT a internet 3 16 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE07 11 Procedure for Software Upload Download Step Action 3 F Daikin Extranet Chiller PCO Microsoft Internet Explorer provided by Daikin Europe I8 x Ble Edt Wew Favortes Tools Hep EJ Hek
76. remove the key put the cover in its place and switch on the pCO again m Now the key contains the program transferred by the pco Prog key 18 1008 Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 15 Procedure for Software Upload Download ESIE07 11 3 4 Installation of Winload32 on the PC and Programming a Controller Step Action 1 CI Sim rem 24 01 2005 15 6 2 Simulation boards Ciemsconrican File Folder 7 07 2004 14 BC test Local Disk C CI 8MSCONFIGMB File Folder 7 07 2004 14 8 E Training Ciemsconriame2 Fie Folder 6 01 2005 8 2 O Training 520 Select an tem to view its description 8 File Folder 2 12 2004 17 C Trane BZ Fie Folder 31 01 2005 15 C Trane manual Capacky 27 8 GB 2 Fie Folder 9 02 2005 15 C travel report wama Fie Folder 6 09 2004 11 1 sg Weekes i E Used 25 6 68 CJostas Fie Folder 7 07 2004 13 Local Disk C O Free 2 25 GB Coet Fie Folder 7 07 2004 13 EC Apps CI Documents and Settings Fe Folder 7 07 2004 15 1 GC BMSCONFIGEN C Lotus Notes Archive Fie Folder 7 07 2004 14 CJ BMSCONFIGMB Omai File Folder 10 01 2005 9 C BMSCONFIGME Cimamese Fie Folder 7 07 2004 14 6 C Burning software reas 0 2004 13 E C carel Create 2 folders 2004 19 C Carel_upload E 12004 14 1 CI damage 112004 14 9 Datas E 1 Carel 42005 10 HO Dell w 4 8 5 BC zi AS r 12004 18 E
77. screw compressor Refrigerant oil charge 28 28 28 28 28 28 Model Quantity 3 3 3 3 3 3 Speed rpm 2950 2950 2950 2950 2950 2950 Sound Level Sound Cooling dBA 104 104 104 104 104 104 power Sound Cooling dBA 81 5 81 5 81 5 81 5 81 5 81 5 Pressure Sound Pressure dBA 76 0 76 0 76 5 76 5 77 0 77 0 OPRN Sound Pressure OPLN dBA 72 5 73 0 73 0 73 0 73 5 73 5 Refrigerant circuit Refrigerant type R 407C Refrigerant charge kg 190 200 210 220 230 240 No of circuits 3 3 3 3 3 3 Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve Piping connections Evaporator water inlet outlet Victaulic diameter 273mm Part 1 System Outline ESIE07 11 General Outline Safety Devices High pressure pressure switch Low pressure pressure switch Condensation fan magneto thermal High discharge temperature on the compressor Phase monitor Star delta transition failed Low delta pressure between suction and discharge Low pressure ratio High oil pressure drop Low oil pressure Nominal cooling capacity and power input are based on 12 7 C entering leaving water temp and 35 C air ambi ent temp Power input ids for the whole unit Part 1 System Outline 1 7 General Outline ESIE07 11 1 3 Techni
78. test C Training WC Training CS19 WC Training CS20 CI Trane BZ C Trane manual CD travel reports CI winload presentation E Y my Computer aa k C The file Winload32 v3 30 is now saved on the hard disk of your PC 1 Double click on the file 5 object s plus 2 hidden Disk free space 758 MB 04M8 E My Computer Poor Gm Had AMS O aw fa Emo dp Epa SSM GV OM 1202 ESTwinLoad32 EASY ONLY exe 22 12 2003 9 38 1 309 104 58 549 604 Application 22 12 2003 9 33 1 309 184 58 548 678 Winzip will open 1 Select winload32 exe 2 Press on extract Selected 0 files O bytes Total 2 files 2 557KB 95 sorte OO wi 185406 66 Sins Ser Gln Eo aw SOBRIGOB s Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 19 Procedure for Software Upload Download ESIE07 11 Step Action Es 18 x Sas View Checkout Wizard type modfied szef Ratio Packed Path L Swintoads2 EASY ONLY exe Application 22 12 2003 9 38 1 309 184 58 549 604 Ei winoad32 exe Application 22 12 2003 9 33 1 309 184 58 548 678 1 Browse to the Carel folder Extract to EACarel r Fies 2 Press Extract Selected files C Al files 3 Buning software c al JB l da y aqua stream s ae _ Software EUw F Overwrite existing fies a Software V24 TT Skip older files a _ Software V3 0 Bi FF Use
79. that the on off status is remembered after a power failure of the unit This auto restart function can be disabled in the user menu Unit shutdown through the controller on off key If the switch is enabled off keypad will appear on the display of the unit status Unit shutdown through a digital contact If the panel switch is in the 0 position the unit is off by local switch and Off Loc Rem Sw will appear on the display m If the switch is in Loc position the unit is on unless there are other shutdown conditions m Ifthe switch is in the Rem position the digital contact control allows the start up and the shutdown of the unit from a remote switch When the unit is stopped from remote Off Loc Rem Sw will appear on the display of the unit status Remark The remote on off switch is field supply This function allows the startup and the shutdown of the unit through Supervision System Plant Visor 1 0 In case this function is enabled the display of the unit status shows Off Rem Comm This function if enabled allows the startup and the shutdown of the unit based on a user defined time schedule In case the function is enabled Off Time Schedule will appear on the display of the unit status In the event of an emergency switch off the unit by pushing the emergency button When the problem is solved do not forget to reset the emergency button Part 2 Func
80. the expansion valve driver 0 2 0 0 ccc ect eee e teens 3 44 changing the PCO controller 2 2 een eet e eee eee 3 42 changing the PCO expansion board LLuaaaaaazaeaaaaaae tenet etna 3 46 checking the inputs and outputs list of analog INpuls s it O A GA A ne DES 3 9 listof analog Outputs vto ad dey eae es td w 3 11 listot digital QU PUES 4 0 is o Bee Phan dd 3 10 list of input and output channels of the expansion board 1 option economizer 3 12 checks Electrical A ad Mok 4 13 general checks ahoga a a a e e EA ae RS WEGA oe ee 4 4 periodical checks codi e A A i 5 12 water piping CheCKS uw o zaa tr ets Da bas reta ta dd pe 4 5 control functions UMD ds Wats 2 94 auto restart after power failure function uuaaaaaaaaaaaa aaa aaa aaa aaa 2 96 Capacity Control u a e a ias 2 105 compressor configuration 0 essee eeraa aurae 2 100 compressor management 000 c ect eens 2 101 economizer UNC it ec stall 2 98 enable soft loads saa ze A OPPA eatery Sida eee eae A 2 91 EXV pre OBENINJ sa sca ti ti GE SW AA YE A State Reape iaa 2 99 fr eZe Up CONO ng petit ruani tenes dei law ra dada ae 2 89 head pressure controle zr A aes aaa ee eens Sa ate en 2 114 heat recovery microprocessor Control a saasaa aranaren 2 118 heat recovery microprocessor Set Up n nsns cnet aaa 2 120 heat recovery Operations iii aig ce separ tg ie Maa dans gob R A L EAEE N 2 119 high pressure setback s sa
81. to 0 as the input increases from 4mA to 20mA Unit max load 100 0 External signal 4mA 20mA Unit Limiting Demand Limit m Thesecond way called Current Limit needs a direct measure of the current absorbed by the unit and the set of the maximum current to be absorbed Option SPN unit Remark The current limit screen appears only if the b8 probe is enabled under maintenance menu Unit Limiting Current Limit Current Limit Set 4m A 20 mA Max Curr 2 92 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 Functional Control 3 9 Start Up With High Evaporator Water Temperature Function This function limits the load of each compressor to a set value default 70 until the outlet water description temperature is over the set value default 25 C This function helps the start up of the unit when the water temperature is very high 35 C 40 C avoiding dangerous overheating of the motor and disagreeable interventions for high pressure protection The value of the maximum load of the compressors and the limit water temperature are modifiable under the user menu High chLWT Start LWT Max Comp Stage Part 2 Functional Description 2 93 Functional Control ESIE07 11 3 10 Ambient Lockout Introduction The Ambient lockout function will allow you to disable the unit below a specified Ambient temperature Function description Ambient reset ambient lockout and restart unit diff Setpoint
82. troubleshooting sequence it is important to interpret the fault indication on the controller display This will help you to find the cause of the problem Overview This chapter contains the following topics Topic See page 1 2 What to do in the Event of an Alarm 3 4 1 3 Overview of Safeties 3 5 Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 3 Overview of Fault Indications and Safeties ESIE07 11 1 2 What to do in the Event of an Alarm In the event of an alarm or a warning the following must be done Step Action Result 1 Press the Alarm button to acknowl m The Alarm button LED lights up eage theaiarm m A unit circuit or network safety is displayed 2 Find the cause of the alarm and cor The system is repaired rect it 3 Press the Alarm button to reset the m The Alarm button LED goes out alarm and the alarm screen is deactivated m No alarm detected is displayed on the screen m Press Menu button to go back to normal screen Remark After resetting the alarm it is possible to consult the safety information by using the buffer alarm menu 4 After the error has been corrected and The unit starts again the alarm has been reset the unit will automatically restart 3 4 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE07 11 Overview of Fault Indications and Safeties 1 3 Overview of
83. 0 04 21 I robic supply to the controller ea EA Local Hi urity Catalog 10 04 21 Ed pe 4 The program will now upload all files automatically into ae d Ob zur alog 04 the controller a Gd S O burning E FTDluN2k 1KB Configuration Settings 10 04 21 os row 405 KB Application 10 04 21 a 5 Frown 1KB Configuration Settings 10 04 21 CI dina 9 FTSENUM SYS 25KB System file 10 06 21 BO Dat s S FTSENUM YXD 8KB Virtual device driver 10 06 21 BC Dell 9 ftserzk sys SSKB System file 16 06 21 E Doom FTSERIAL SYS 69KB System file 10 06 21 G A EJ FTSERMOU 2KB Setup Information 10 04 21 B CJ Mail FTSERMOU YXD 10KB Virtual device driver 10 04 21 BC S FTSERUT DLL 23KB Application Extension 20 05 21 48KB Application Extension 11 06 21 BL MOVIES 2KB Text Document 16 06 21 Shortcut 27407 21 15 34 14 START WINLOAD22 stort 146004 Hei sx GN ia ElR e Elm wyf Gym Syc Wa Ow BB sa 28 BIECZ Help AER z Address I C Carel Po Fie Edt View Favorites Folders x T FOr al Cl Software EUWS 72HZ 13 09 21 6 C Simulation boards Cisoftware v2 4M6 File Folder 7 07 20 CJ test Ci Software V3 0M6 Fie Folder 31 01 21 H E Training Cl Trane software File Folder 707 208 QQ Training C520 Shortcut to WinLoad32 C winload for R5485 converter USB connection File Folder 27 07 21 C Trane 82 Sortat 1 2134 Release Info 8KB Micros
84. 07 11 3 22 2 Transducer low pressure alarm Function description m When the low pressure is below the LP setpoint for the LP alarm delay time the unit will go into LP alarm m When the low pressure alarm is activated and the LP rises above the LP setpoint diff it will be possible to reset the transducer low pressure alarm m When the low pressure sinks below the low pressure switch setpoint 3 0 bar the unit will go into alarm and a manual reset of the low pressure switch is needed 2 110 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 Functional Control 3 23 LP alarm delay Function Delay timer before the unit goes into LP alarm description m start delay At start up the unit has a delay of 120 seconds before the unit can trip on the LP alarm low pressure bypass timer m run delay When the unit is in operation the low pressure can be below the LP alarm setpoint for a specified time before the unit will trip on the LP alarm Low Press Alarm Delays Start Up Delay Run Delay Part 2 Functional Description 2 111 Functional Control ESIE07 11 3 24 Oil Management Safeties 3 24 1 Pressure ratio alarm Introduction Because the capacity control is done by oil pressure it is very important to have a minimum pressure difference between LP and HP to be able to move the sliding vane Function When the pressure ratio is too small for a specified time the controller will
85. 07 11 3 5 Return Water Reset Introduction When return water is selected as the reset mode the MicroTech controller will adjust the leaving chilled water setpoint to maintain a constant return water temperature equal to the return water setpoint The return water temperature is sampled every 5 minutes and a proportional correction is made to the leaving chilled water setpoint The corrected leaving water setpoint is never set to a value greater than the return water setpoint and is never set to a value less than the actual leaving chilled water setpoint Function description Actual Setpoint Max reset Local or Dual Setpoint AT on evaporator 0 start AT chLWT Return Reset Start dT Max Reset Remark When the unit is designed for a AT of 5 C at 100 capacity then the start AT and Max Reset should also be set to 5 C Explanation The return water reset will adjust the leaving chilled water setpoint according to the evaporator AT In this way the chiller can maintain a constant return water temperature 2 88 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 Functional Control 3 6 Freeze up Control Introduction Freeze up control is used to protect the evaporator against accidental freezing Two protections are present freeze up prevention and Anti freeze alarm Freeze up Freeze up prevention will request a load down when the temperature of the evaporator outlet gets prevention below 3 C freeze preventi
86. 082 4 423 0 1018 1 464 8 991 3 482 9 C11 4 1118 6 351 9 1063 4 388 2 1005 0 429 1 943 3 475 2 917 5 495 3 5 1149 6 357 0 1093 1 393 3 1033 7 434 2 970 8 480 1 944 4 500 1 6 1180 8 362 3 1123 3 398 6 1062 7 439 4 998 4 485 2 971 6 505 1 7 1212 5 367 7 1153 9 404 0 1091 9 444 8 1026 4 490 5 999 1 510 3 8 1244 5 373 2 1184 6 409 6 1121 5 450 3 1054 6 495 9 1026 9 515 7 9 1277 0 378 9 1215 8 415 4 1151 3 456 1 1083 3 501 6 1054 9 521 2 C12 4 1183 6 368 2 1126 1 409 7 1065 2 457 4 1000 6 512 4 973 6 536 7 5 1216 5 373 0 1157 8 414 3 1095 8 461 8 1030 0 516 4 1002 3 540 4 6 1249 8 378 0 1190 1 419 2 1126 8 466 4 1059 6 520 5 1031 4 544 4 7 1283 5 383 0 12225 424 1 1158 0 471 2 1089 6 524 9 1060 9 548 6 8 1317 5 388 3 1255 4 429 3 1189 7 476 1 11199 529 6 1090 7 553 0 9 1352 0 393 6 1288 6 434 6 1221 6 481 3 1150 5 534 4 1120 7 557 6 C13 4 1315 2 401 1 1249 2 443 5 11798 492 0 1106 1 547 2 1075 4 571 5 5 1352 5 406 9 1285 1 449 2 1214 1 497 4 1139 1 552 4 1107 8 576 4 6 1390 3 412 8 1321 4 455 1 1249 0 503 1 1172 4 557 7 1140 5 581 6 7 1428 4 419 0 1358 2 461 2 1284 2 509 1 1206 1 563 3 1173 6 587 0 8 1467 0 425 3 1395 4 467 5 1319 9 515 2 1240 2 569 2 1207 1 592 7 9 1506 2 431 7 1433 0 473 9 1356 0 521 5 1274 6 575 3 1240 7 59
87. 1 2 z endive Gig hid Au deeds sei A pl WIA 3 5 ii Table of Contents ESIE07 11 2 Checking the Inputs and Outputs 2 1 What is in This Chapter e esse aiea eena tiisa eras aaa aan 3 7 2 2 List of Digital Inputs 2 02 zy Z adi a 3 8 2 3 List of Analog MPU S ici aes OE O Ea ZEW P be 3 9 2 4 Listof Digital OUIpufSc 4 5 a taco aed eit 3 10 2 5 List of Analog Outputs sninn niini di 3 11 2 6 List of Input and Output Channels of the Expansion Board 1 Option Econo MZ Sieh ain Siskel ba eee iv ee 3 12 3 Procedure for Software Upload Download 3 1 Whatis in This Chapter tesz koi dE ZA oie 3 13 3 2 Copy from the Software Key to PCO eeeecceeeseeeeceeeeeeeeeteeeneeteneeeaees 3 14 3 3 Copy from pCO to the Software Key cooocococococonococonocccononcnnnoncnnnnnnnninnnnnn 3 15 3 4 Installation of Winload32 on the PC and Programming a Controller 3 16 3 5 Copy Software from WinLoad32 to the Software key 1 1111 11 3 31 4 Procedure to Protect Compressor in Case of Frozen Evaporator 4 1 What is in This Chapter cooooncnnccnnnccnoncconccnonnnonnnnannconncnnnnnnrcn r eia 3 33 4 2 Procedure to Protect Compressor in Case of Frozen Evaporator 3 34 5 Procedure to Clear the Refrigerant Circuit in Case of Frozen Evaporators 5 1 What Is in This Chapter 00 0 0 eeeeceeseeseceeeeeeceeeeeaeeseeeeaeeeeeeeeaeeseeeseaeetaes 3 35 5 2 Procedure to Clean the Refrigerant Circuit in Case of Frozen Evapo
88. 1 11 Capacity tables EWAP AJYNN A OPRN OPLN 1 70 1 12 Correction Factors 1 73 1 13 Heat recovery ratings 1 74 1 14 Sound level data 1 81 Part 1 System Outline 1 3 General Outline ESIE07 11 1 2 Technical Specifications EWAP AJYNN Technical The table below contains the technical specifications specifications MODEL EWAP800AJY EWAP900AJY EWAP950AJYNN EWAPC10AJYN EWAPC11AJYNN EWAPC12AJYN NN NN N N Capacity Eurovent Cooling Nominal kw 790 875 944 1026 1092 1158 conditions specified in notes Capacity Steps stepless stepless stepless stepless stepless stepless 12 5 100 12 5 100 12 5 100 12 5 100 12 5 100 8 3 100 Nominal input Eurov Cooling kw 340 373 405 442 476 507 ent conditions speci fied in notes EER 2 32 2 34 2 33 2 32 2 29 2 28 ESEER 2 87 2 90 2 89 2 88 2 84 2 90 Casing Colour RAL7032 Dimensions Unit Height mm 2520 2520 2520 2520 2520 2520 Width mm 6210 7110 7110 8010 8010 9170 Depth mm 2230 2230 2230 2230 2230 2230 Weight Unit kg 5165 5425 5555 5795 5905 7990 Operating weight kg 5430 5710 5840 6070 6180 8270 Water heat exchanger Minimum water volume in the system The minimum water content per unit should be calculated with a certain approximation using this simplified for Formula mula Q 35 83 x P kW AT C x 1 N where Q m
89. 11 Analog outputs If consulting this screen or controller 2 m B9 OWev1 Outlet water temperature of evaporator 1 m B10 OWev2 Outlet water temperature of evaporator 2 These screens show you the value of the analog outputs VFD output signal Analog Outputs m Y7 Read out of the VFD output signal of circuit 1 m Y2 Read out of the second VFD output signal of circuit 1 Remark Y1 and Y2 are used only if unit has VFD fans Analog Outputs m Y4 Read out of the VFD output signal of circuit 2 m Y5 Read out of the second VFD output signal of circuit 12 Remark Y4 and Y5 are used only if unit has VFD fans Soft load This screen is only visible when soft load function is enabled This screen shows you the parameters of the soft load function Soft Load Max Stage Rem Time Max Time m Soft Load Off Soft load is not active On Soft load is active m Max Stage Max unit capacity during the soft load function m Rem Time Remaining time that the soft load function is active m Max Time Time of the soft load function 2 44 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 The Digital Controller Boot Bios info Driver firmware version I O parameters for control board 2 comp 3 and 4 This screen shows you the Boot and Bios of the software Bios Version 003 64 Bios Date 18 05 05 Boot Version 003 01 Boot Date 15 04 02 These screens show you the EEV d
90. 2 with the info button When you press the info button the following screen will appear showing the leaving water temperature of each evaporator Water Temperatures LVG Evap 1 LVG Evap 2 m LVGEvap1 Leaving water temperature of evaporator 1 m LVGEvap2 Leaving water temperature of evaporator 2 Comp 3 and 4 The following screens will appear for compressor 3 and compressor 4 if present in the unit information m Compressor status see page 2 31 m Refrigerant pressures see page 2 31 m Refrigerant temperatures see page 2 32 m Load request see page 2 32 Part 2 Functional Description 2 33 The Digital Controller ESIE07 11 2 4 4 User Menu Operational Using this menu you can enable or disable additional function in the unit information Key prog Password 0003 Remark User menu is present in control board 1 only Press the program button to go to the user menu The following screen will appear Insert User password enter m Press and the cursor will move to the first field of the password m Pressing i or 0 will increase the value from 0 to 9999 enter m Press to confirm password Setpoint reset This screen allows you to enable disable the setpoint reset Lvg Water Temp Setpoint Reset Possible Settings m None m OAT Setpoint reset with ambient temperature m 4 20mA Setpoint reset with external signal m Return
91. 2 8 359 5 5 831 4 251 7 790 6 279 0 747 5 310 4 701 6 346 4 682 6 362 2 6 854 5 255 2 812 9 282 4 768 8 313 6 722 1 349 3 702 7 365 0 7 877 8 258 8 835 3 286 0 790 4 317 0 742 8 352 5 723 0 368 0 8 901 5 262 5 858 0 289 6 812 3 320 5 763 7 355 7 743 6 371 2 9 925 4 266 2 881 0 293 4 834 3 324 2 784 9 359 2 764 3 374 5 900 4 895 8 274 7 851 1 303 6 804 2 336 5 754 4 373 9 733 8 390 3 5 920 9 278 6 875 5 307 5 827 5 340 2 776 8 377 5 755 6 393 7 6 946 6 282 7 900 1 311 5 851 1 344 2 799 3 381 2 777 8 397 3 7 972 3 286 9 924 9 315 7 875 0 348 2 822 1 385 1 800 2 401 1 8 998 5 291 2 950 1 320 0 899 1 352 5 845 2 389 1 822 8 405 1 9 1024 9 295 6 975 5 324 4 923 5 356 8 868 5 393 3 845 6 409 2 950 4 965 7 298 5 918 1 329 1 868 0 363 6 814 9 402 5 792 9 419 4 5 992 6 302 9 944 1 333 5 892 9 367 9 838 8 406 7 816 3 423 5 6 1019 9 307 4 970 4 338 0 918 0 372 4 862 9 411 0 840 0 427 7 7 1047 4 311 9 996 8 342 6 943 6 376 9 887 3 415 5 863 9 432 1 8 1075 2 316 7 1023 7 347 3 969 3 381 7 911 9 420 1 888 0 436 7 9 1103 4 321 5 1050 7 352 2 995 3 386 5 936 8 424 9 912 4 441 4 C10 4 1051 1 326 7 998 9 360 0 943 9 397 6 885 7 440 0 861 4 458 4 5 1080 5 331 5 1027 2 364 9 970 9 402 4 911 6 444 6 886 8 463 0 6 1110 1 336 5 1055 8 369 8 998 4 407 3 937 7 449 4 912 6 467 7 7 1140 2 341 5 1084 6 374 9 1026 1 412 4 964 2 454 4 938 5 472 6 8 1170 6 346 8 1113 8 380 2 1054 1 417 6 991 0 459 5 964 8 477 6 9 1201 2 352 1 1143 3 385 6 1
92. 21 BC My Documents 1KB Shortcut 27 07 21 EC Overzetten Laptop 362KB Winzip Fie 5 11 20 8 2 Program Files 1 279KB Application 22 12 21 C svenska 1KB CFGFile 9 02 20 CI temp 1 279KB Application 222 HC visual test shell B CI WINNT H E Compact Disc D Dc 192168 20050 62 __xl 4 gt esis a ie Re Row O OMARA A ANO O e y E wee So fa dp Boo ES 152 3 24 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE07 11 Procedure for Software Upload Download Step Action 19 File Edt View Favorites Tools Help Heak Geach arodes 4 IB Er EUWS 72HZ 13 09 21 1 2 Simulation boards Cisoftware Y2 4M6 Fie Folder 7407 20 m Ci Software V3 0M6 File Folder 31 01 21 2 Training Cl Trane software File Folder 7407 20 ji Shortcut to WinLoad32 C winload for RS485 converter USB connection File Folder 2707 21 Shortcut 2134 Release Info BKB Microsoft Word Doc 16 06 21 BC Location C Care 901 Release Info 6KB Microsoft Word Doc 12 06 21 S L travel reports JCOMPORT 6KB Adobe Acrobat Doc 10 04 21 3 my Computer Modified 27 07 2004 10 52 s FTCOMMS vxo 24KB Virtual device driver 10 06 21 S Local Disk C Size 466 bytes S rroIBUS 9KB Security Catalog 10 04 21 CJ Apps 8 Froreus 4KB Setup Information 16 06 21 I BMSCONFIGEN Attributes normal S fidbus sys 19KB System file 16 06 21 C BMSCONFIGMB SPrro1rort BKB Security Catalog 10 04 21
93. 3 1 722 5 1501 3 764 3 C18 4 1607 9 583 3 1520 5 643 6 1428 0 711 6 1369 8 756 5 5 1651 2 592 5 1561 9 652 8 1467 4 720 7 1408 1 765 4 6 1694 8 601 9 1603 6 662 3 1507 3 730 0 1446 7 774 6 7 1738 8 611 6 1645 8 672 0 1547 4 739 7 1485 7 784 1 8 1783 2 621 5 1688 2 682 0 1587 8 749 6 1524 8 794 0 9 1827 9 631 7 1731 0 692 3 1628 6 759 8 1564 4 804 1 SYMBOLS NOTES CC i Cooling capacity kW 1 The power input is for compressor only cooling cap and power PI Power input for the compressor only kW input referred to evap fouling factor 0 0176m2 C kW LWE i Leaving Water Evaporator C 1 66 Part 1 System Outline ESIE07 11 General Outline 1 10 Capacity tables EWAP AJYNN A EWAP850 C14AJY NN A standard Unit Gi AIR AMBIENT TEMPERATURE C size z 25 30 35 40 45 46 cc PI cc PI cc PI cc PI cc PI cc PI 850 4 864 4 227 6 824 3 251 8 782 0 279 6 737 6 311 4 690 5 348 0 680 7 356 0 5 889 8 230 6 848 7 254 7 805 7 282 3 760 3 313 9 712 2 350 2 702 3 358 0 6 915 6 233 7 873 6 257 8 829 7 285 2 783 3 316 5 734 4 352 5 724 2 360 2 7 941 6 236 8 898 9 260 9 854 1 288 2 806 7 319 3 756 7 354 9 746 3 362 6 8 968 1 240 1 924 4 264 1 878 6 291 3 830 4 322 3 779 4 357 5 768 9 365 2 9 995 0 243 4
94. 3 3 Voltage Vv 400 400 400 400 400 400 Nominal Running Current Cool A 64 68 72 76 80 96 ing Compressor Phase 3 3 3 3 3 3 Voltage Vv 400 400 400 400 400 400 Voltage Toler Minimum 10 ance Maximum 10 Maximum Running Current A 596 655 710 777 840 888 Starting method Star delta Notes Allowed voltage tolerance 10 Voltage unbalance between phases must be within 3 Max unit starting current Starting current of biggest compressor 75 of nominal absorbed current of the other compressor fans current Max unit current for wires sizing compressor FLA Full Load Ampere fans current MODEL EWAPC13AJ EWAPC14AJY EWAPCI5AJYN EWAPC16AJY EWAPC17AJY EWAPC18AJY YNN A NN A N A NN A NN A NN A Power supply Name YN Phase 3 3 3 3 3 3 Frequency Hz 50 50 50 50 50 50 Voltage Vv 400 400 400 400 400 400 Voltage Toler Minimum 10 ance Maximum 10 Unit Starting current A 1232 1332 1406 1407 1486 1489 Nominal Running Current Cool A 756 796 972 1023 1078 1121 ing Maximum Running Current A 1048 1106 1168 1235 1296 1365 Max unit current for wires sizing A 1086 1146 1210 1266 1322 1386 1 14 Part 1 System Outline ESIE07 11 General Outline Fan Voltage Nominal Running Current Cool ing Compressor Phase Voltage Voltage Toler Minimum ance Maximum Maximum Running Current
95. 310 2 643 6 1694 8 436 5 1619 0 478 5 1539 3 525 4 1455 5 577 9 1367 0 636 7 1348 7 649 3 1740 6 442 8 1663 3 484 8 1582 1 531 7 1496 6 584 1 1406 4 642 7 1387 6 655 2 C16 1617 8 441 8 1542 1 486 2 1462 8 536 2 1379 2 592 6 1290 7 656 2 1272 6 669 8 1664 5 448 0 1587 2 492 4 1506 2 542 4 1420 8 598 5 1330 7 661 8 1312 0 675 3 1711 8 454 4 1633 0 498 8 1550 3 548 7 1463 1 604 7 1371 0 667 6 1352 1 681 1 1759 8 460 9 1679 2 505 4 1594 7 555 2 1505 9 611 0 1412 0 673 6 1392 7 687 0 1808 3 467 6 1726 2 512 2 1640 0 561 9 1549 2 617 6 1453 6 680 0 1433 8 693 3 1857 4 474 5 1773 6 519 1 1685 7 568 9 1593 2 624 4 1495 6 686 5 1475 4 699 8 C17 1672 4 475 3 1593 1 523 5 1509 9 577 8 1421 9 639 1 1329 0 708 1 1309 7 722 9 1720 1 482 0 1639 1 530 3 1554 1 584 5 1464 5 645 5 1369 7 714 1 1350 0 728 8 1768 3 489 0 1685 8 537 2 1599 1 591 3 1507 5 652 1 1410 8 720 4 1390 7 735 1 1817 2 496 0 1733 1 544 3 1644 4 598 4 1551 1 659 0 1452 5 727 0 1432 0 741 6 1866 8 503 3 1780 8 551 7 1690 4 605 7 1595 3 666 2 1494 6 733 9 1473 8 748 4 1916 8 510 8 1829 2 559 2 1737 0 613 2 1640 0 673 6 1537 3 741 0 1516 2 755 4 C18 1755 1 490 8 1673 4 540 7 1587 5 597 0 1497 0 660 5
96. 4 1130 8 406 1 1070 8 452 9 1006 9 506 9 966 4 543 2 5 1161 3 411 8 1100 1 458 4 1034 9 512 0 993 7 548 0 6 1192 2 417 5 1129 8 464 1 1063 4 517 4 1021 2 553 1 7 1223 4 423 5 1159 7 469 9 1091 9 523 0 1049 2 558 5 8 1254 8 429 7 1189 9 476 0 1120 7 528 8 1077 2 564 1 9 1286 6 436 0 1220 3 482 2 1149 9 534 9 1105 5 569 9 C13 4 1251 9 441 8 1183 4 489 3 1110 8 543 6 1065 1 579 8 5 1286 3 448 5 1216 3 495 9 1142 2 550 0 1095 6 586 0 6 1320 9 455 4 1249 5 502 8 1173 9 556 6 1126 4 592 4 7 1356 0 462 6 1283 1 509 9 1205 8 563 5 1157 3 599 1 8 1391 3 470 0 1316 9 517 2 1238 1 570 6 1188 6 606 0 9 1427 1 477 5 1350 8 524 7 1270 5 578 0 1220 1 613 2 C14 4 1319 5 467 5 1247 7 516 6 1171 9 572 4 1124 2 609 3 5 1355 5 474 7 1282 2 523 8 1204 8 579 4 1156 2 616 2 6 1391 7 482 2 1317 1 531 2 1238 0 586 7 1188 3 623 3 7 1428 3 489 8 1352 1 538 9 1271 3 594 2 1220 7 630 6 8 1465 3 497 7 1387 4 546 8 1305 1 601 9 1253 5 638 2 9 1502 6 505 8 1423 0 554 9 1339 1 609 9 1286 5 646 1 1 64 Part 1 System Outline ESIE07 11 General Outline SYMBOLS NOTES CC Cooling capacity kW 1 The power input is for compressor only cooling cap and power PI gt Power input for the compressor only KW input referred to evap fouling factor 0 0176m2 C kW
97. 4 holes Victaulic coupling furnished 188 N 184 Connecting pipe furnished 786010 m 786011 h 1 32 Part 1 System Outline ESIE07 11 General Outline Components The table below lists the components 5 Component Condenser coil Evaporator Evaporator water inlet Evaporator water outlet Victaulic connections for 219 1 O D tube Operating and control panel 360x150 slot for power and control panel connection 8 lifting shackles 10 isolator mounting holes 25 mm DIA O 4 O RE DD 0 Coil protection guards optional 1 Compressors enclosure optional Version Condenser Weight KG Isolators load KG type Ship Oper A B C D E F G H L M ping ating EWAPC15 16A Aluminium JYNN Acrylic 9205 9650 1220 1220 985 985 1195 1195 530 530 895 895 EWAPC15 16A coated JYNN OPRN EWAPC15 16A Aluminium 9565 10010 1280 1280 1065 1065 1235 1235 530 530 895 895 JYNN OPLN Acrylic coated EWAPC15 16A JYNN EWAPC15 16A Rubber iso Type q ty 786010 m 6Pz 786011 h 4Pz JYNN OPRN lators EWAPC15 16A JYNN OPLN Part 1 System Outline 1 33 ESIE07 11 General Outline EWAPC17AJYNN The illustration below shows the outlook the dimensions and the installation and service space of the unit mm A 11870 2 Air discharge 2520 Control MAO SER pis ez am
98. 5 625 9 1739 6 686 8 1635 9 754 9 1592 9 784 3 SYMBOLS NOTES CC Cooling capacity kW 1 The power input is for compressor only cooling cap and power PI Power input for the compressor only kW input referred to evap fouling factor 0 0176m2 C kW LWE Leaving Water Evaporator C 1 72 Part 1 System Outline ESIE07 11 General Outline 1 12 Correction Factors Evaporator fouling The table below gives the evaporator fouling factors factors Fouling factors Cooling capacity Power input correction COP m2 C kW correction factor factor correction factor 0 0176 1 000 1 000 1 000 0 0440 0 978 0 986 0 992 0 0880 0 957 0 974 0 983 0 1320 0 938 0 962 0 975 Altitude correction The table below gives the altitude correction factors factors Elevation above sea level m 0 300 600 900 1200 1500 1800 Barometric pressure mbar 1013 977 942 908 875 843 812 Cooling cap correction factor 1 000 0 993 0 986 0 979 0 973 0 967 0 960 Power input correction factor 1 000 1 005 1 009 1 015 1 021 1 026 1 031 Ethylene glycol and low ambient temperature correction factors Low temperature operation performance factors The table below gives the ethylene glycol and low ambient temperature correction factors Air ambient temperature C 3 8 15 23 35 of ethylene glycol by weight 10 20 30 40 50 Cooling capacit
99. 5 C13 A C14 A C15 A C12 A C10 C11 900 A 950 A c12 C10 A C11 A 900 950 850 A 800 110 100 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 Pressure drop kPa 20 10 10 20 30 40 50 flow rate l s 60 70 80 90 100 200 For matching unit size see table on page 4 7 4 8 Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run ESIE07 11 Pre Test Run Checks Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run 4 9 Pre Test Run Checks ESIE07 11 1 6 Pressure Drop for Partial Heat Recovery Pressure drop for The illustration below shows the water pressure drop through evaporator for EWAP AJYNN and partial heat EWAP AJYNN A recovery APARTA ST IA Note For matching unit size see table on page 4 7 4 10 Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run ESIE07 11 Pre Test Run Checks 1 7 Pressure Drop for Full Heat Recovery Pressure drop for The illustration below shows the water pressure drop through evaporator for EWAP AJYNN full heat recovery EE S A C18 C18 C17 C17 C16 C16 C15 C15 C14 C14 C13 C13 C12 C12 C11 C11 C10 C10 50 50 00 00 800 850 Pressure drop Pa 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 0100 170 flow rate Is Note For matching unit size see table on page 4 7 Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run 4 11 Pre Test Run Checks ESIE07 11 1 8 Water Flow and Pressure Drop Precautions Evaporator water Balance the chille
100. 5 C13 C13 77 5 73 0 76 0 73 0 71 5 69 0 60 5 53 0 76 0 C14 C14 77 5 73 5 75 5 73 5 71 0 69 0 60 5 53 0 76 0 C15 C15 78 0 74 0 75 5 73 5 71 5 69 5 60 5 54 0 76 5 C16 C16 78 0 74 5 76 0 73 5 72 0 69 5 60 0 53 5 76 5 C17 78 5 75 0 76 0 73 5 72 5 69 5 60 5 54 0 77 0 C18 78 5 75 5 76 5 74 0 72 5 69 5 60 5 54 5 77 0 EWAP AJYNN amp EWAP AJYNN A OPLN Standard unit A unit Sound pressure level at 1m from the unit in free field rif 2 x 105 size size 63Hz 125Hz 250Hz 500Hz 1000H 2000 4000 8000 dBa z Hz Hz Hz 800 850 76 0 73 5 73 0 70 5 67 5 62 5 55 5 47 5 72 5 900 900 76 0 73 5 73 0 70 5 67 5 62 5 55 5 47 5 72 5 950 950 76 0 74 0 73 0 70 5 67 5 63 0 55 5 47 5 72 5 C10 C10 76 0 74 0 73 5 70 5 67 5 63 0 55 5 47 5 72 5 C11 C11 76 0 74 0 73 5 71 0 67 5 63 0 56 0 48 0 72 5 C12 C12 76 5 74 5 74 0 71 0 68 0 63 5 55 5 47 5 73 0 C13 C13 76 0 74 0 73 0 70 5 67 5 63 0 55 5 47 5 72 5 C14 C14 77 0 75 0 74 0 71 0 68 0 63 5 56 0 48 0 73 0 C15 C15 77 5 75 5 74 0 71 0 68 0 63 5 56 0 48 5 73 0 Part 1 System Outline 1 81 General Outline ESIE07 11 C16 C16 78 0 76 0 73 5 71 0 68 5 63 5 57 0 49 0 73 0 C17 77 5 75 5 74 5 71 5 68 0 63 5 57 5 49 0 73 5 C18 78 0 75 0 74 5 72 0 68 0 64 0 57 0 49 5 73 5 NOTE 4 2 Average sound pressure level rated in accordance to ISO 3744 free field semispheric conditions Sound pressure levels are referred to EWAP AJYNN Units fur
101. 50 Start Off band 10b T not in Fixed at 75 Fixed at 75 Start Off unload band 11 Fixed at 75 Fixed at 75 or Load up to 50 Off 50 12 If lag 1 at 50 Fixed at 75 Load up to 75 Fixed at 50 Off 13 Fixed at 75 Fixed at 75 Load up to 75 Off 14 If T in Regulation Band Wait interstage time 15 If T is approaching SetP Waiting Part 2 Functional Description 2 81 Functional Control ESIE07 11 Step n Leader Comp Lag 1 Comp Lag 2 Comp Lag 3 Comp 16a T in unload Fixed at 75 Fixed at 75 Unload up to 50 Start band 16b T out unload Fixed at 75 Fixed at 75 Fixed at 75 Start band 17 Fixed at 75 Fixed at 75 Fixed at 75 or 50 Load up to 50 18 iflag 2 at 50 Fixed at 75 Fixed at 75 Load up to 75 Fixed at 50 19 Fixed at 75 Fixed at 75 Fixed at 75 Load up to 75 20 Load up to 100 Fix a Fixed at 75 Fix a Fixed at 75 Fix a Fixed at 75 21 Fixed at 100 Fixed at 100 Fixed at 100 Fixed at 75 22 Fixed at 100 Fixed at 100 Load up to 100 Fixed at 75 23 Fixed at 100 Fixed at 100 Fixed at 100 Load up to 100 24 Fixed at 100 Fixed at 100 Fixed at 100 Fixed at 100 Compressors unload and shutdown Step n Leader Comp Lag 1 Comp Lag 2 Comp Lag 3 Comp management 4 compressors 0 100 100 100 100 1 Fixed at 100 F
102. 64 0 387 0 1099 6 423 7 1032 0 464 7 1003 9 482 4 9 1258 1 360 0 1195 5 392 9 1129 8 429 5 1060 7 470 4 1032 2 488 1 C11 4 1167 6 360 2 1107 8 396 0 1044 8 436 4 978 6 481 8 951 0 501 5 5 1200 7 365 8 1139 6 401 7 1075 3 441 9 1007 5 487 2 979 5 506 8 6 1234 1 371 6 1171 7 407 5 1106 1 447 6 1037 0 492 7 1008 3 512 3 7 1268 1 377 5 1204 3 413 4 1137 3 453 6 1066 7 498 5 1037 4 518 0 8 1302 4 383 6 1237 2 419 5 1168 7 459 7 1096 7 504 5 1066 9 523 9 9 1337 0 389 9 1270 5 425 8 1200 6 465 9 1127 0 510 7 1096 5 530 0 C12 4 1226 2 363 6 1166 8 403 6 1104 1 449 4 1037 5 502 3 1009 8 525 6 5 1260 9 368 5 1200 4 408 3 1136 3 453 9 1068 5 506 3 1040 3 529 4 6 1296 3 373 5 1234 2 413 2 1169 1 458 6 1099 8 510 6 1071 0 533 5 7 1331 8 378 6 1268 7 418 2 1202 1 463 4 1131 6 515 1 1102 2 537 8 8 1367 9 383 9 1303 6 423 5 1235 6 468 5 1163 7 519 8 1133 7 542 3 9 1404 4 389 4 1338 7 428 9 1269 4 473 7 1196 1 524 8 1165 5 547 1 C13 4 1327 4 393 7 1261 9 435 1 1192 8 482 4 1120 0 536 5 1089 5 560 2 5 1365 3 399 3 1298 3 440 7 1227 9 487 8 1153 5 541 4 1122 5 564 9 6 1403 7 405 0 1335 3 446 4 1263 4 493 3 1187 4 546 6 1155 9 569 9 7 1442 4 410 9 1372 7 452 2 1299 3 499 0 1221 8 552 1 1189 5 575 2 8 1481 8 417 0 1410 5 458 3 1335 6 505 0 1256 6 557 7 1223 6 580 7 9 1521 5 423 3 1448 8 464 6 1372 4 511 1 1291 6 563 6 1258 1 586 5 C14 4 1395 7 419 1 132
103. 7 1 462 5 1254 6 511 7 1178 2 567 5 1146 5 591 9 5 1435 1 425 1 1365 0 468 5 1291 2 517 6 1213 2 573 1 1180 7 597 3 6 1475 1 431 4 1403 6 474 7 1328 2 523 6 1248 6 578 9 1215 5 603 0 7 1515 5 437 8 1442 4 481 1 1365 6 529 9 1284 3 585 0 1250 5 608 9 8 1556 4 444 3 1481 9 487 7 1403 4 536 4 1320 6 591 2 1286 2 615 1 9 1597 7 451 1 1521 6 494 4 1441 6 543 1 1357 1 597 8 1322 0 621 5 1 70 Part 1 System Outline ESIE07 11 General Outline SYMBOLS NOTES CC E Cooling capacity kW 1 The power input is for compressor only cooling cap and power PI Power input for the compressor only kW input referred to evap fouling factor 0 0176m2 C kW LWE Leaving Water Evaporator C Part 1 System Outline 1 71 General Outline ESIE07 11 EWAPC15 18AJYN N A OPRN OPLN Unit a AIR AMBIENT TEMPERATURE C size 25 30 35 40 42 cc PI cc PI cc PI cc PI Cc PI C15 4 1467 1 442 6 1395 4 487 7 1320 0 538 5 1240 3 595 9 1207 2 620 8 5 1508 4 449 0 1435 2 494 1 1358 2 544 9 1276 9 602 0 1243 0 626 8 6 1550 2 455 6 1475 4 500 8 1396 8 551 5 1313 9 608 4 1279 3 633 1 7 1592 3 462 4 1516 1 507 6 1435 8 558 2 1351 2 615 0 1315 9 639 6 8 1635 0 469 4 1557 2 514 6 1475 4 565 2 138
104. 8 1037 3 485 3 1522 6 C11 4 1143 0 375 3 1518 3 1079 5 414 4 1493 9 1012 8 458 6 1471 4 942 4 508 4 1450 8 5 1179 1 378 8 1557 9 1114 4 417 8 1532 2 1046 2 461 6 1507 8 974 4 511 0 1485 4 6 1215 9 382 5 1598 4 1149 8 421 3 1571 1 1080 2 464 8 1545 0 1006 9 513 8 1520 7 7 1253 3 386 3 1639 6 1185 8 424 9 1610 7 1114 8 468 2 1583 0 1040 0 516 9 1556 9 8 1291 2 390 3 1681 5 1222 3 428 7 1651 0 1149 9 471 8 1621 7 1073 5 520 1 1593 6 9 1329 8 394 3 1724 1 1259 4 432 6 1692 0 1185 5 475 5 1661 0 1107 7 523 5 1631 2 C12 4 1175 2 398 4 1573 6 1111 6 444 5 1556 1 1044 3 497 5 1541 8 973 0 558 3 1531 3 5 1211 8 401 2 1613 0 1146 9 446 9 1593 8 1078 3 499 3 1577 6 1005 6 559 3 1564 9 6 1248 9 404 2 1653 1 1182 7 449 5 1632 2 1112 8 501 3 1614 1 1038 7 560 6 1599 3 7 1286 6 407 4 1694 0 1219 2 452 3 1671 5 1147 9 503 6 1651 5 1072 4 562 1 1634 5 8 1324 9 410 7 1735 6 1256 1 455 2 1711 3 1183 5 506 0 1689 5 1106 6 564 0 1670 6 9 1363 8 414 2 1778 0 1293 7 458 4 1752 1 1219 7 508 7 1728 4 1141 3 566 0 1707 3 C13 4 1278 0 425 4 1703 4 1207 9 472 6 1680 5 1134 1 526 6 1660 7 1056 0 588 1 1644 1 5 1318 1 428 8 1746 9 1246 6 475 7 1722 3 1171 3 529 1 1700 4 1091 7 589 9 1681 6 6 1358 9 432 5 1791 4 1286 0 478 9 1764 9 1209 2 531 8 1741 0 1127 9 592 0 1719 9 7 1400 4 436 2 1836 6 1326 0 482 4 1808 4 1247 6 534 8 1782 4 1164 8 594 3 1759 1
105. 8 7 C14 4 1385 9 425 1 1316 9 469 2 12440 5193 1167 3 576 0 1135 2 600 8 5 1424 9 431 3 1354 3 475 4 1280 2 525 3 1201 7 581 7 1168 9 606 3 6 1464 4 437 7 1392 5 481 7 1316 6 531 5 1236 6 587 7 1203 2 612 2 7 1504 3 444 2 1430 8 488 3 1353 5 537 9 1271 7 593 9 1237 8 618 2 8 1544 7 450 9 1469 7 495 0 1390 7 544 6 1307 4 600 3 1272 8 624 5 9 1585 6 457 8 1509 1 501 9 1428 5 551 4 1343 5 607 0 1308 1 631 1 1 60 Part 1 System Outline ESIE07 11 General Outline SYMBOLS NOTES CC Cooling capacity kW 1 The power input is for compressor only cooling cap and power Pl gt Power input for the compressor only KW input referred to evap fouling factor 0 0176m2 C kW LWE Leaving Water Evaporator C 2 Shaded values are referred to part load operation Part 1 System Outline 1 61 General Outline ESIE07 11 EWAPC15 C18AJY NN Unit i AIR AMBIENT TEMPERATURE C size z 25 30 35 40 45 46 cc PI cc PI cc PI cc PI cc PI cc PI C15 1517 1 413 0 1447 2 454 8 1373 8 502 0 1296 4 555 2 1214 5 615 1 1197 6 628 0 1560 7 418 6 1489 3 460 5 1414 38 507 6 1335 4 560 5 1251 9 620 2 1234 6 633 0 1604 7 424 5 1531 9 466 3 1455 5 513 3 1374 8 566 1 1289 8 625 5 1272 2 638 2 1649 5 430 4 1575 2 472 3 1497 1 519 3 1414 9 571 9 1328 1 631 0 1
106. 9 0 621 8 1353 0 646 3 9 1678 2 476 5 1598 8 521 8 1515 2 572 4 1427 1 628 9 1390 5 653 3 C16 4 1558 9 476 2 1481 2 524 3 1399 6 578 6 1313 3 639 7 1277 2 666 3 5 1602 8 483 3 1523 5 531 4 1440 0 585 6 1352 0 646 5 1315 3 672 9 6 1647 2 490 6 1566 2 538 8 1481 0 592 9 1391 1 653 6 1353 8 679 9 7 1692 2 498 1 1609 5 546 3 1522 5 600 3 1430 8 660 9 1392 7 687 1 8 1737 6 505 8 1653 3 554 1 1564 5 608 1 1470 8 668 5 1431 9 694 6 9 1783 5 513 7 1697 3 562 1 1606 9 616 0 1511 3 676 3 1471 7 702 3 C17 4 1624 6 503 1 1543 7 554 4 1458 6 612 1 1368 6 677 2 1331 1 705 5 5 1670 0 510 6 1587 4 561 9 1500 5 619 5 1408 6 684 4 1370 4 712 5 6 1716 1 518 3 1631 7 569 6 1543 0 627 1 1449 3 691 8 1410 3 719 8 7 1762 5 526 2 1676 5 577 5 1586 0 635 0 1490 3 699 4 1450 4 727 4 8 1809 6 534 2 1721 7 585 6 1629 4 643 1 1531 7 707 4 1491 1 735 2 9 1857 0 542 5 1767 4 594 0 1673 2 651 4 1573 6 715 6 1532 3 743 3 C18 4 1690 2 530 1 1606 3 584 4 1517 6 645 7 1423 9 714 8 1384 8 744 8 5 1737 3 537 9 1651 5 592 3 1561 1 653 4 1465 4 722 2 1425 5 752 1 6 1784 8 546 0 1697 2 600 3 1604 9 661 4 1507 3 730 0 1466 7 759 7 7 1832 9 554 2 1743 5 608 6 1649 3 669 6 1549 8 738 0 1508 3 767 6 8 1881 5 562 7 1790 2 617 1 1694 1 678 1 1592 7 746 3 1550 4 775 8 9 1930 5 571 3 1837
107. 96 6 1225 8 877 9 328 1 1206 0 824 0 363 8 1187 8 767 0 404 4 1171 4 6 958 5 299 3 1257 8 906 1 330 6 1236 7 851 0 366 0 1217 0 792 9 406 1 1199 0 7 988 2 302 1 1290 3 934 7 333 2 1267 9 878 4 368 3 1246 7 819 1 408 1 1227 2 8 1018 4 305 1 1323 5 963 8 336 0 1299 8 906 4 370 8 1277 2 845 9 410 2 1256 1 9 1049 1 308 2 1357 3 993 3 338 9 1332 2 934 7 373 5 1308 2 873 0 412 5 1285 5 950 4 974 4 319 0 1293 4 920 5 352 4 1272 9 863 9 390 0 1253 9 804 2 432 4 1236 6 5 1005 2 322 0 1327 2 950 2 355 1 1305 3 892 4 392 5 1284 9 831 5 434 6 1266 1 6 1036 5 325 1 1361 6 980 4 358 1 1338 5 921 4 395 2 1316 6 859 2 436 9 1296 1 7 1068 3 328 3 1396 6 1011 0 361 1 1372 1 950 8 398 0 1348 8 887 4 439 4 1326 8 8 1100 6 331 6 1432 2 1042 2 364 3 1406 5 980 7 401 0 1381 7 916 0 442 1 1358 1 9 1133 4 335 0 1468 4 1073 8 367 6 1441 4 1011 1 404 1 1415 2 945 1 445 0 1390 1 C10 4 1070 4 348 3 1418 7 1010 6 384 4 1395 0 947 8 425 1 1372 9 881 5 471 0 1352 5 5 1104 6 351 6 1456 2 1043 5 387 5 1431 0 979 3 428 0 1407 3 911 6 473 5 1385 1 6 1139 3 355 1 1494 4 1076 9 390 8 1467 7 1011 3 431 0 1442 3 942 3 476 2 1418 5 7 1174 6 358 7 1533 38 1110 8 394 3 1505 1 1043 9 434 2 1478 1 973 4 479 1 1452 5 8 1210 4 362 4 1572 8 1145 4 397 9 1543 3 1077 0 437 6 1514 6 1005 1 482 1 1487 2 9 1246 8 366 3 1613 1 1180 4 401 6 1582 0 1110 7 441 1 1551
108. CJ BMSCONFIGMBZ 8 FTO1PORT SKB Setup Information 16 06 21 EC Burning software ag 1KB Configuration Settings 10 04 21 Y Carel FTDIUNIN 405K8 Application 10 04 21 S A 1 Goto the shortcut shortcut to winload32 a 16 06 21 E L Documents and Settings 2 Select properties 10 06 21 C Lotus Notes Archive Terry Soca an 10 04 21 CJ Mai S FTSERMOU VXD 10KB Virtual device driver 10 04 21 BC mame32 S FTSERUL DLL 23KB Application Extension 20 05 21 C MODSIM without time imt 48KB Application Extension 11 06 21 S O MOVIES 2KB Text Document 16 06 21 0 My Documents 1KB Shortcut 27 07 21 H O Overzetten Laptop 362KB Winzip File 5 11 20 C Program Files 8 E 1 279KB Application 22 12 21 CJ svenska a winLoad32 cfg Send To gt 1KB CFG File 9102 20 C temp winLoad32 1 279KB Application 22 12 21 H O visual test shell EO WINNT Copy B Compact Disc D as NE 4 of the selected items ser Ae OOMAREG VG SNS Ore py ceo 2 MEN ayu fo whoo BS sa 20 Go to target and type don t forget the place spaces C Carel WinLoad32 exe C carel_upload EASY_BOOT S L Trane manual 1 0 travel reports E E my computer E E Local Disk C WC Apps CI BMSCONFIGEN C BMSCONFIGMB CI BMSCONFIGMBZ 8 ja Burning software e Del E L Documents and Settings C Lotus Notes Archive 0 Mail EC mame32 C MODSIM without time imt S O MOVIES H O My Documents 680 Overzetten Lapto
109. DAIKIN ESIE07 11 Service Manual EWAP 800 C18AJYNN EWAP 850 CI8AYNN A Air cooled chillers and heat recovery chillers ESIE07 11 Table of Contents 1 Introduction 1 1 About This Manual iria kai H 1 2 Nomenclatura a a iia ii Part 1 System Outline 1 General Outline 1 1 Whatls in This Chapter nic AAA a E EA A Ee 1 3 1 2 Technical Specifications EWAP AJYNN eeeeooaa aaa naa acaaaczneccwa 1 4 1 3 Technical Specifications EWAP AJYNN A 0ooccccncccnocccocncnancnannnanccnnnnnanos 1 8 1 4 Electrical Specifications EWAP AJYNN ooocccocccncccnocnconcnoncccnnncnnnnnnncnnos 1 12 1 5 Electrical Specifications EWAP AJYNN A oocoococcccccccoccconnnnnccnnnncnncnnnnnnnnos 1 14 1 6 Outlook Drawing EWAP AJYNN 1 0 ceeceeeeeceeeeeneeeeeeteeeeeeeeseeeeeaeesneeeenees 1 16 1 7 Outlook Drawing EWAP AJYNN A 000 ceceecceeeeeeeeeeeeereaeeeaeeeneeeeaeeeenereaees 1 38 1 8 Capacity tables EWAP AJYNN cecceeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeereseaeeeaeesseeeeaeeeeeeeeaees 1 60 1 9 Capacity tables EWAP AJYNN OPRN OPLN 2 1 21122 1 64 1 10 Capacity tables EWAP AJYNN A eeeceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeteaeeeaeeeneeeeaeeeeeeeeaees 1 67 1 11 Capacity tables EWAP AJYNN A OPRN OPLN 1 211 2112 1 70 1 12 Correction Factors aii I oil ea 1 73 1 13 Heat recovery ratings cion ita ra 1 74 1 14 SOUNG level d ta tierra idad ii 1 81 Part 2 Functional Description 1 Operation Range 1 1 What Is in This
110. Ez LE as TH clearance requirements 2 S rh rh r r He FEEL oop gy 5 300 2800 2830 1500 e Detail A rubber isolator Isolators location Fixing bolt not furnished Z i Detail B Concrete footing M16 M O Victaulic coupling furnished E 1 D 13 N 4 holes Connecting pipe furnished 188 184 786011 h 786011 m 786010 m 1 24 Part 1 System Outline ESIE07 11 General Outline Components The table below lists the components No Component 1 Condenser coil 2 Evaporator 3 Evaporator water inlet 4 Evaporator water outlet 5 Victaulic connections for 219 1 O D tube 6 Operating and control panel 7 360x150 slot for power and control panel connection 8 4 lifting shackles 9 8 isolator mounting holes 25 mm DIA 10 Coil protection guards optional 11 Compressor enclosure optional Version Condenser type Weight KG Isolators load KG Shipping Operating A B Cc D E F G H EWAPC11AJYNN Aluminium EWAPC11AJYNN Acrylic coated 6105 6380 1065 1150 875 950 740 800 385 415 OPRN EWAPC11AJYNN Aluminium 6345 6820 1125 1210 935 1010 740 800 385 415 OPLN Acrylic coated EWAPC11AJYNN Rubber isolators EWAPC11AJYNN 786011 m OPRN Type q ty 786010 m 786011 h 4Pz 2Pz 2Pz EWAPC11AJYNN OPLN Part 1 System Outline 1 25 General Outline ESIE07 11
111. Function Because the unit stops with a pump down it will restart with a pre purge opening closing of the description expansion valve At start up the valve will open up to 50 and close to the evaporator with a certain amount of liquid EXV PreOpening Part 2 Functional Description 2 99 Functional Control ESIE07 11 3 16 Compressor Configuration Function This controller screen will allow you to modify the number of compressors and evaporators on the unit description The selection of the compressors and evaporators has to be done according to the unit Compressor Configuration Numbers of Compressors Numbers of Evaporators 2 100 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 Functional Control 3 17 Compressor Management Introduction Compressor sequence Compressor timers The compressor sequencing mode determines which circuit starts up first in case of a capacity demand It prevents the unit from always starting the same circuit Also compressor timers are implemented to avoid too many compressor starts in 1 hour The compressor sequence of starting up can be selected in the user menu Compressors Sequencing Auto Manual m Auto The selection of the compressor sequence will be done by the controller depending on the running hours m Manual The selection of the compressor sequence is fixed according to the entered sequence When the manual is selected the foll
112. General description Flow chart The Microtech II C Plus control panel contains a microprocessor based controller which provides all monitoring and control functions required for a safe efficient operation of the Chiller The operator can monitor all operating conditions by using the panels built in a 4 line by 20 character keypad display or by using an IBM compatible computer running MicroPlant monitor software release 2 0 and later In addition to providing all normal operating controls the PlantVisor 1 0 controller monitors all safety devices on the unit and will take corrective action if the chiller is operating off it s normal design conditions If a fault condition develops the controller will shut the system down and activate an alarm output Important operating conditions at the time an alarm condition occurs are retained in the controllers memory to aid in troubleshooting and fault analysis The system is protected by a password scheme which only allows access by authorized personnel A password must be entered into the panel keypad by the operator before any configuration may be altered The system architecture is based on the use of one PCO Carel controller to manage two compressors An additional PCOe expansion board is used to manage the economizer when required The system is able to control units equipped with an electronic expansion valve In this case the use of an electronic Carel Driver for each valve is required pLAN Soe
113. I 850 4 835 3 244 9 794 2 271 3 750 8 301 7 704 8 336 5 685 7 351 9 5 859 4 248 3 817 3 274 6 773 0 304 8 726 2 339 4 706 6 354 6 6 883 7 251 8 840 8 278 1 795 5 308 1 747 7 342 4 727 7 357 5 7 908 3 255 4 864 4 281 6 818 2 311 5 769 4 345 6 749 1 360 6 8 933 3 259 1 888 4 285 3 841 3 315 0 791 5 348 9 770 9 363 8 9 958 4 262 9 912 8 289 1 864 6 318 7 813 9 352 4 792 7 367 1 900 4 932 5 274 7 885 4 302 7 836 1 334 6 784 0 370 8 762 3 386 6 5 959 3 278 8 911 2 306 8 860 9 338 5 807 6 374 5 785 6 390 2 6 986 6 283 0 937 5 311 0 886 0 342 6 831 6 378 4 809 1 394 0 7 1014 1 287 4 964 1 315 3 911 3 346 9 855 9 382 5 833 0 398 0 8 1042 2 291 9 990 9 319 8 937 2 351 3 880 5 386 7 857 1 402 2 9 1070 5 296 5 1018 1 324 4 963 2 355 8 905 4 391 1 881 4 406 5 950 4 1004 4 300 9 954 0 330 8 900 8 364 6 845 0 402 6 821 8 419 1 5 1033 1 305 5 981 5 335 4 927 4 369 1 870 4 407 0 846 6 423 4 6 1062 0 310 2 1009 4 340 2 954 1 373 8 895 8 411 5 871 6 427 9 7 1091 4 315 1 1037 5 345 1 981 1 378 6 921 5 416 2 896 9 432 5 8 1121 1 320 1 1066 2 350 1 1008 4 383 6 947 7 421 1 922 6 437 3 9 1151 1 325 2 1095 0 355 3 1036 1 388 8 974 2 426 2 948 4 442 3 C10 4 1097 4 332 4 1041 1 365 1 982 1 402 0 919 9 443 6 894 1 461 6 5 1128 8 337 6 1071 2 370 4 1010 9 407 2 947 5 448 6 921 0 466 5 6 1160 6 343 0 1101 8 375 8 1040 2 412 5 975 3 453 8 948 3 471 6 7 1192 7 348 5 1132 7 381 3 1069 8 418 0 1003 5 459 1 976 0 476 9 8 1225 3 354 1 11
114. N OPLN Max ambient temperature 1 42 C Min ambient temperature 10 C 2 Max leaving evaporator water temperature 10 C Min leaving evaporator water temperature without glycol 4 C Min leaving evaporator water temperature with glycol 8 C Max evaporator AT 6 C Min evaporator AT 4 C Notes 1 The max ambient temperature refers to units working at full load With higher temperatures the chillers will unload 2 10 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 Operation Range 2 When the air temperature is lower than 10 C the fan speed control device OPFS should be used It allows the unit to work with air temperature down to 10 C Low ambient operation OPLA allows it to reach 18 C Part 2 Functional Description 2 11 Operation Range ESIE07 11 2 12 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 The Digital Controller 2 The Digital Controller 2 1 What Is in This Chapter Introduction This chapter gives more detailed information about the controller and the software Understanding these functions is vital when diagnosing a malfunction which is related to system architecture or software Overview This chapter contains the following topics Topic See page 2 2 System Architecture 2 14 2 3 Customer Interfaces 2 15 2 4 Display and Keypad 2 24 Part 2 Functional Description 2 13 The Digital Controller ESIE07 11 2 2 System Architecture
115. NN A The illustration below shows the outlook the dimensions and the installation and service space of the unit mm 1 56 Part 1 System Outline ESIE07 11 General Outline Components The table below lists the components No Component 1 Condenser coil 2 Evaporator 3 Evaporator water inlet 4 Evaporator water outlet 5 Victaulic connections for 219 1 O D tube 6 Operating and control panel 7 360x150 slot for power and control panel connection 8 8 lifting shackles 9 12 isolator mounting holes 25 mm DIA 10 Coil protection guards optional 11 Compressors enclosure optional Version Condenser Weight KG Isolators load KG type Ship Operat A B c D E F G H L M N P ping ing EWAPC17A Aluminium JYNN A Acrylic 10360 10830 ti di 120 12 126 12 64 640 430 43 705 70 EWAPC17A coated 5 5 0 00 5 65 0 0 5 JYNN A OP RN EWAPC17A Aluminium 10720 11190 123 123 128 12 130 13 64 640 430 43 705 70 JYNN A OP Acrylic 5 5 0 80 5 05 0 0 5 LN coated EWAPC17A JYNN A EWAPC17A Rubber iso Type q ty 786010 m 4Pz 786010 m 4Pz JYNNN A O lators PRN EWAPC17A JYNNN A O PLN Part 1 System Outline 1 57 General Outline ESIE07 11 EWAPC18AJYNN A The illustration below shows the outlook the dimensions and the installation and service space of the unit mm 1 58 Part 1 System Outline ESIE07 11 General Outline
116. P800AJY EWAP900AJY EWAP950AJYN EWAPC10AJYN EWAPC11AJYN EWAPC12AJY NN NN N N N NN Power supply Name YN Phase 3 3 3 3 3 3 Frequency Hz 50 50 50 50 50 50 Voltage Vv 400 400 400 400 400 400 Voltage Toler Minimum 10 ance Maximum 10 Unit Starting current A 1050 1054 1116 1120 1165 1265 Nominal Running Current Cool A 517 561 673 729 780 796 ing Maximum Running Current A 647 703 767 833 896 963 Max unit current for wires sizing A 668 728 788 848 908 1002 Fan Phase 3 3 3 3 3 3 Voltage Vv 400 400 400 400 400 400 Nominal Running Current Cool A 48 52 56 60 64 72 ing Compressor Phase 3 3 3 3 3 3 Voltage Vv 400 400 400 400 400 400 Voltage Toler Minimum 10 ance Maximum 10 Maximum Running Current A 599 651 711 773 832 891 Starting method Star delta Notes Allowed voltage tolerance 10 Voltage unbalance between phases must be within 3 Max unit starting current Starting current of biggest compressor 75 of nominal absorbed current of the other compressor fans current Max unit current for wires sizing compressor FLA Full Load Ampere fans current MODEL EWAPC13AJ EWAPC14AJY EWAPC15AJYN EWAPC16AJYN EWAPC17AJYN EWAPC18AJY YNN NN N N N NN Power supply Name YN Phase 3 3 3 3 3 3 Frequency Hz 50 50 50 50 50 50 Voltage Vv 400 400 400 400 400 400 Voltage Toler Minimum 10 ance Maximum 10 Part 1 System Outline ESIE07 11 Gener
117. PI TRC CC PI TRC CC PI TRC 800 4 783 8 265 6 1049 4 741 3 296 3 1037 6 696 4 331 7 1028 1 648 9 372 2 1021 1 5 808 1 267 5 1075 6 764 8 297 9 1062 7 719 1 332 9 1052 0 670 6 372 9 1043 5 6 832 9 269 5 1102 4 788 8 299 7 1088 5 742 1 334 2 1076 3 692 7 373 7 1066 4 7 858 1 271 6 1129 7 813 1 301 5 1114 6 765 5 335 7 1101 2 715 2 374 8 1090 0 8 883 6 273 8 1157 4 837 7 303 5 1141 2 789 3 337 4 1126 7 738 0 376 0 1114 0 9 909 6 276 2 1185 8 862 8 305 6 1168 4 813 4 339 2 1152 6 761 1 377 4 1138 5 900 4 870 4 291 3 1161 7 823 1 323 4 1146 5 773 2 360 0 1133 2 720 4 401 5 1121 9 5 897 6 293 7 1191 3 849 3 325 6 1174 9 798 4 361 8 1160 2 744 6 402 9 1147 5 6 925 2 296 2 1221 4 875 9 327 9 1203 8 824 0 363 8 1187 8 769 1 404 5 1173 6 7 953 2 298 8 1252 0 903 0 330 3 1233 3 850 0 365 9 1215 9 794 1 406 2 1200 3 8 981 6 301 5 1283 1 930 4 332 8 1263 2 876 5 368 1 1244 6 819 4 408 1 1227 5 9 1010 5 304 3 1314 8 958 3 335 4 1293 7 903 3 370 5 1273 8 845 1 410 1 1255 2 950 4 939 5 315 7 1255 2 889 0 349 5 1238 5 835 7 387 6 1223 3 779 3 430 5 1209 8 5 968 4 318 4 1286 8 917 0 352 0 1269 0 862 6 389 9 1252 5 805 2 432 5 1237 7 6 997 9 321 3 1319 2 945 4 354 7 1300 1 890 0 392 3 1282 3 831 4 434 6 1266 0 7 1027 8 324 2 1352 0 974 2 357 5 1331 7 917 8 394 9 1312 7 858 1 436 8 1294 9 8 1058 1 327 2 1385 3 1003 5 360 4 1363 9 946 0 397 6 1343 6
118. Pump Off m Delay 180s Pump lag time the pump will operate for another 180 seconds changeable when the unit is requested to shut down local remote thermostat Supervisory remote This screen allows you to enable disable supervisory remote on off function Supervisory Remote On Off m N The unit will be controlled on off by local remote switch keypad m Y Allows supervisor or BMS to control the on off function of the unit Auto restart This screen allows you to enable disable the auto restart after power failure Autorestart After Power Failure m N Alter a power failure the unit will not automatically restart m Y Alter a power failure the unit will automatically restart Part 2 Functional Description 2 37 The Digital Controller ESIE07 11 External alarm This screen allows you to enable disable the external alarm function Switch Off Unit On External Alarm Reset Type Auto m External Alarm N External alarm is disabled Y An external alarm signal open closed contact can be used to switch off the unit external alarm m Reset Type Auto When the external alarm signal is reset closed contact the controller will reset and restart the unit Manual When the external alarm signal is reset closed contact the controller will not reset the alarm A manual reset on the controller is needed to reset the unit Time scheduling This screen allows you to enable dis
119. Px 4 Enter the serial port that is 5 Enter same address as on 1 the pCO2 Qc 2 used controller dipswitch on the controller Tope pono Soe 1 24 MB 1 24 M8 E my computer SRstart 2 6 Y M AA 34 On Ga Er D Em wv Gn Be Xe o v 156 s 3 26 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE07 11 Procedure for Software Upload Download Step Action 23 Carel 5 18 xj Fie Edt View Fa a 1 Go to the tab Bios ee 2 Open the Carel_upload folder to activate modfed 13 09 21 3 If OK you will see the BIOS file that is in the Carel_upload folder Ey x gt Folder 7 07 2014 eed Download System noemi Hawa Infomation aril tintin Applicata Bios Boot Public Variables Log Project rosoft Word Doc 16 06 21 1 Trane manual 3 rosoft Word Doc 12 06 21 C travel reports EC Bios pco2 ver357 bin Acrobat Doc 10 04 21 E my computer A ual device driver 10 06 21 E E Local Disk C Catalog 10 04 21 HC Apps up Information 16 06 21 W BMSCONFIGEN jystem file 16 06 21 C BMSCONFIGMB urity Catalog 10 04 21 C BMSCONFIGMBZ up Information 16 06 21 C Burning software configuration Settings 10 04 21 HY Carel ation 10 04 21 CI Carel_upload configuration Settings 10 04 21 QQ damage ystem file 10 06 21 HC Datas tual device driver 10 06 21 C del ystem file 16 06 21 68 Documents and ll iystem file 10 06 21 C Lotus Notes Arct up Information 10 04 21 BC
120. Safeties The following table shows a list of possible alarms with the identifier number the cause and the reset type A auto M manual Alarm Alarm cause Reset 001 Phase monitor Intervention of the device control of phases The phases are not M correctly sequenced or the supply voltage is out of the acceptable limits 002 Freeze alarm Anti freeze protection The outlet water temperature is equal to the M anti freeze value 005 Evaporator Flow Alarm Intervention of Evaporator Flow switch The water pump could be off M 006 Low pressure alarm transducer Low pressure intervention by microchip 007 High discharge temperature alarm Intervention of the discharge temperature switch temperature switch 008 Fault transition Starting procedure is not complete Verify the contactors M 009 Low oil pressure The oil pressure is not enough for the correct lubrication of the compressor Verify if the condensing pressure is at least 3 times the suction pressure 011 High oil pressure difference High oil differential pressure The oil filter could be dirty or the M solenoid valve doesn t work correctly 012 High pressure alarm pressure switch Intervention of the high pressure mechanical switch M 016 Compressor overload Intervention of the compressor thermal motor or intervention of the M high temperature switch 023 High pressure alarm transducer Intervention of the high pressure by microchip M 030 B1 probe fault or not connected Sensor B1 error M 031 B2
121. Setpoint reset with entering water temperature 2 34 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 The Digital Controller Setpoint reset 4 20mA Setpoint reset return Double setpoint Soft load This screen is only visible when setpoint reset 4 20mA is selected This screen allows you to set the parameters used for the 4 20mA setpoint reset see page 2 34 chLWT Setpoint Override Limits Set diff This screen is only visible when setpoint reset return is selected This screen allows you to set the parameters used for the setpoint reset see page 2 34 chLWT Return Reset Start DT Max Reset This screen allows you to enable disable double setpoint Enable Double Setpoint When this function is enabled additional screen will appear in the setting menu This screen allows you to enable disable the soft load function When soft load is enabled Line 2 and 3 will appear Enable Soft Load Y Max Stage 50 Max Time 020 min This screen allows you to set the parameters used for the soft load function see page 2 44 Part 2 Functional Description 2 35 The Digital Controller ESIE07 11 Unit limiting This screen allows you to enable disable the unit limiting function Unit Limiting None Possible settings m None m Demand Limit Unit limiting with external signal m Current Limit Only available on SPN unit m Superv Demand Unit limiting with
122. able Soft Load 2 91 3 8 Unit Load Limiting 2 92 3 9 Start Up With High Evaporator Water Temperature 2 93 3 10 Ambient Lockout 2 94 3 11 Pump Control 2 95 3 12 Auto Restart after Power Failure Function 2 96 3 13 Liquid Injection 2 97 3 14 Economizer Function 2 98 3 15 EXV Pre Opening 2 99 3 16 Compressor Configuration 2 100 3 17 Compressor Management 2 101 3 18 High Pressure Setback 2 103 3 19 LP Prevention 2 104 3 20 Capacity Control 2 105 3 21 Pump Down Configuration at Compressor Stop 2 108 3 22 Pressure Safeties 2 109 3 23 LP alarm delay 2 111 3 24 Oil Management Safeties 2 112 3 25 Head Pressure Control 2 114 3 26 Heat Recovery Microprocessor Control 2 118 3 27 Heat Recovery Operation 2 119 Part 2 Functional Description 2 77 Functional Control ESIE07 11 Topic See page 3 28 Heat Recovery Microprocessor Set up 2 120 2 78 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 Functional Control 3 2 ON OFF Management Introduction Power on On Off local Remote on off On Off network On Off time schedule Emergency stop There are four ways of switching the unit on and off m Through the local key of the controller m Through a remote switch m Through a supervision system BMS u Through a time schedule m The initialization takes 10 seconds m The controller automatically goes to the first screen Remark An auto restart function is integrated This means
123. able the time schedule Enable Time Scheduling m N Time scheduling is not used m Y Time scheduling is enabled additional screens will appear This screen allows you to enter the start and stop time of the unit This screen allows you to enter the holidays unit will not operate on these days Holidays 1 or 2 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 000 00 00 Remark To enter the date please first enter the day and then the month Example 31 01 2 38 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 The Digital Controller Communication Communication CSC This screen allows you to select the supervisory communication Communication Supervisor Possible settings m Supervisor A supervisor BMS system will be used to control the chiller m CSC The option EKDICN will control the chiller These screens are only visible when CSC communication is selected This function can only be used when the EKDICN is installed Communication CSC On Comm Loss Local Alarm m Local When communication is lost the chiller will operate with local settings m Alarm When communication is lost the chiller will go into alarm This screen allows you to set the identification number of the chiller Protocol Supervisor Com Speed Identificat No Part 2 Functional Description 2 39 The Digital Controller ESIE07 11 Communication This screen is only visible when supervi
124. ad KG type Ship Oper A B C D E F G H L M ping ating EWAPC14AJ Aluminium YNN Acrylic coated 8740 9210 1265 1265 1015 1015 1215 1215 525 525 585 585 EWAPC14AJ YNN OPRN EWAPC14AJ Aluminium 9100 9570 1325 1325 1095 1095 1255 1255 525 525 585 585 YNN OPLN Acrylic coated EWAPC14AJ YNN EWAPC14AJ Rubber isola Type q ty 786010 m 6Pz 786010 w 4Pz YNN OPRN tors EWAPC14AJ YNN OPLN Part 1 System Outline 1 31 General Outline ESIE07 11 EWAPC15 16AJYN The illustration below shows the outlook the dimensions and the installation and service space of the N unit mm 2230 Control box a 5 10970 jung AE a t Air discharge a Optional right hand evaporator water a 3 M a p a re se ee eas EN g See detail B 7 80 2225 Frame reno isan Oele sa pololololfolololojo lolo See detail A 1000 2 a CE CE GE AFR Fan arrangements and minimum El co EE Ca EE clearance requirements e Q A m ch cl ch m MY HC Fe DU 64 o 1785 2345 23545 2345 1500 ka Detail A rubber isolator Isolators location Fixing bolt not furnished Concrete footing MiG M ale Detail B El 1 D 13 N
125. al 11 Compressors enclosure optional Version Con Weight KG Isolators load KG denser Ship Operat A B C D E F G H L M N P type ping ing EWAPC14AJYN Alumin N A ium 9925 10400 114 114 955 95 138 13 57 570 510 51 640 64 EWAPC14AJYN Acrylic 0 0 5 5 85 0 0 0 N A OPRN posted EWAPC14AJYN Alumin 10285 10760 120 120 103 10 142 14 57 570 510 51 640 64 N A OPLN ium 0 0 5 35 5 25 0 0 0 Acrylic coated EWAPC14AJYN N A EWAPC14AJYN Rubber Type q ty 786010 m 6Pz 786010 w 6Pz N A OPRN isolators EWAPC14AJYN N A OPLN Part 1 System Outline 1 53 General Outline ESIE07 11 EWAPC15 16AJYN N A The illustration below shows the outlook the dimensions and the installation and service space of the unit mm 2930 Control box 6 13700 10 2520 495227 2225 Frame ELU RC t Air discharge O 20 BO _ 2065 30 See detail B Optional right hand 8 evaporator water See detail A 3 a Er ch ch m q Fang 4600 U nn mu du CH c N L G E c A d zu EIEEESISGISOSOSOCH so sol pololo lolo lolololofolo jojojo 8 S 1200 ep NM Hh ea rak Bin Fan arrangements and minimum clearance E y EU a Ep K requirements al 1720 3000 1500 2400 2800 1500 Isolators l
126. al Outline Unit Starting current Nominal Running Current Cool ing Maximum Running Current Max unit current for wires sizing Fan Phase Voltage Nominal Running Current Cool ing Compressor Phase Voltage Voltage Toler Minimum ance Maximum Maximum Running Current Starting method Star delta Notes Allowed voltage tolerance 10 Voltage unbalance between phases must be within 3 Max unit starting current Starting current of biggest compressor 75 of nominal absorbed current of the other compressor fans current Max unit current for wires sizing compressor FLA Full Load Ampere fans current Part 1 System Outline 1 13 General Outline ESIE07 11 1 5 Electrical Specifications EWAP AJYNN A Electrical The table below contains the electrical specifications specifications MODEL EWAP850AJ EWAP900AJY EWAP950AJYN EWAPC10AJYN EWAPC11AJYN EWAPC12AJY YNN A NN A N A N A N A NN A Power supply Name YN Phase 3 3 3 3 3 3 Frequency Hz 50 50 50 50 50 50 Voltage Vv 400 400 400 400 400 400 Voltage Toler Minimum 10 ance Maximum 10 Unit Starting current A 1051 1055 1125 1129 1172 1259 Nominal Running Current Cool A 477 523 652 707 757 710 ing Maximum Running Current A 660 723 782 853 920 984 Max unit current for wires sizing A 684 744 804 864 924 1026 Fan Phase 3 3 3 3
127. ance ESIE07 11 1 3 Overview Preventive Maintenance Schedule i SCHEDULE w a TYPE OF OPERATION Weekly Monthly Monthly Yearly 1 Reading and recording of suction pressure x 2 Reading and recording of discharge x pressure 3 Reading and recording of supply voltage x 4 Reading and recording of current intensity x 5 Check refrigerant charge and possible x moisture in the circuit refrigerant through the liquid sight glass 6 Check the suction temperature and the x superheating 7 Check setiing and operation of safety x devices 8 Check setiing and proper operation of x control devices 9 Inspect the condenser for possible scaling or X damages 5 8 Part 5 Maintenance ESIE07 11 Maintenance 1 4 Start up and Shut down Start up Operational shut down Verify that all shut off valves are open Prior to starting the unit open the water circulation pump s and regulate the flow through the evaporator and through the heat recovery condensers if supplied in accordance with the setting conditions of the unit If the flow meter is not available in the water system practice suggests to fix the water flow as a first step by reaching the differential pressure drops values at the entering leaving connections of the heat exchangers as reported on the diagram pressure drops The final set up will be done when the unit is running adjusting the water flow t
128. and low ambient temperature uaauaaaaaaaaaaaa aaa aaa aa iii 1 73 Vapor vo A A eed POZA 1 73 low temperature operation performance n s s sssaaa aaea ect eens 1 73 customer interfaces addressing of plan RS485 0 2 ett eee teen eee 2 23 conttol panel lt a td dt ii A Ck 2 15 EEX V valve idriver a A A es Dab es ee ee ee 2 18 mai DOAld awe a a a ita 2 16 meaning of the driver EEXV status LEDS oooocccccocccccc tenes 2 20 PEO expanSsiOn tits A A a ZA See 2 21 D digital controller customer interfaces vicio a E ee 2 15 display and keypad 000 rr a A dA GA 2 24 Systemarchitecture oia a CA a a a a AA 2 14 display and keypad generalidescripliON mico Be Asan ss le BA A eae Soe areas e 2 25 keypad keys and their functions Lauaauaaaaaaaaaaaaaaae eee 2 26 E electrical checks aiii iio ey 4 13 electrical specifications EWAPEAJYNN ita a gabe a ZE a iR mee ae a ok 1 12 1 16 EWAP AJYNN A 2 c poi A tated Beret 1 14 evaporator pressure drop EWAP AJYNN and EWAP AJYNN A 20 tees 4 8 G General Checks 20 513647 ti A A ee eek Bee ee A ee pg 4 4 H head pressure control TAN MAMA MEN wu A a ib 2 114 fan silentMmode rr a e ela 2 117 fan steps on off management auaaaaaaaaaaaa eee A 2 115 on off fans phase cut OPLA management 06 00 cee eee eens 2 117 phase cut fan management 0 00 cc eens 2 115 Heat recovery ratings asa jo PA r A deen eee 1 74 M maintenance maintenance shut do
129. arame ters m Setpoints reset parameters m Enable double setpoint m Soft load parameters m Unit load limiting parameters m Compressor sequencing logic m Fan Silent Mode values m Main pump timing m Digital and supervisor inputs enabling m Auto restart after power failure and external alarm behaviour m Time scheduling m Supervisor communication parameters m Interface language set Setpoints adjustment within the limits set under maintenance password Date and time setting Input Output and corresponding circuit functions visualization print Print not available 2 26 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 The Digital Controller f main Maintenance parameters by Password it is possible to set the following parameters Hour and start counters reset Water regulation parameters Condensation regulation parameters Setpoint limits Probes enabling Probes offset menu It allows you to visualize the main menu info It allows the passage from a control board to the other one visualizing parameters of corresponding compressors more precisely compressors 1 and 2 for board 1 and compressors 3 and 4 for board 2 on off O Key On Off unit g D 3 It indicates the presence of possible anomalies and their causes It allows the pas
130. arm delay timers Evaporat Flow Alarm Delays Start Up Delay Run Delay m Start Up Delay When the flow switch is not closed for 20 seconds default during pump lead time alarm will be displayed m Run Delay When the flow switch is not closed for 5 seconds default during operation of the unit alarm will be displayed 2 48 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 The Digital Controller Freeze prevention Anti freeze alarm 1 evap Anti freeze alarm 2 evaps This screen allows you to set the freeze prevention parameters Freeze Prevent Setpoint Diff Freeze Prevent m Setpoint Freeze prevention activation setpoint for evaporator leaving water m Diff Freeze prevention reset difference This screen allows you to set the anti freeze alarm parameters Anti Freeze Alarm Setpoint Diff Anti freeze Alarm m Setpoint Anti freeze alarm activation setpoint m Diff Anti freeze alarm reset difference These screens are visible only when the unit has 2 evaporators These screens allow you to set the anti freeze alarm parameters per evaporator Anti Freeze Alarm Setpoint Diff Anti Freeze Alarm Setpoint Diff Anti freeze Alarm m EV1 Anti freeze alarm settings of evaporator 1 m EV2 Anti freeze alarm settings of evaporator 2 m Setpoint Anti freeze alarm activation setpoint of the particular evaporator m Diff Anti freeze alarm rese
131. art 3 Troubleshooting 3 51 Troubleshooting Chart ESIE07 11 Low discharge pressure Low suction pressure There is wind effect at low ambient The condenser fan control is not correct There is low suction pressure The compressor is operating unloaded The refrigerant charge quantity is inadequate The evaporator is dirty The liquid line filter drier is clogged The expansion valve is malfunctioning The water flow to the evaporator is insufficient The water temperature leaving the evaporator is too low There is an evaporator head ring gasket slippage Protect the unit against excessive wind into the vertical coils Check if the unit set up in the microprocessor matches the unit model number See the corrective steps for low suction pressure See the corrective steps for failure to load Check the liquid line sight glass Check the unit for leaks Clean chemically Replace Check the expansion valve superheat and valve opening positions Replace only the valve that is not working Check the water pressure drop across the evaporator and adjust the flow Adjust the water temperature to a higher value If the suction pressure and the superheat are both low it may indicate an internal problem What s the corrective step here High suction pressure There is excessive load high water temperature The compressor unloaders are open Th
132. at Is in This Chapter Overview This chapter contains the following topics 3 Topic See page 5 2 Procedure to Clean the Refrigerant Circuit in Case of Frozen Evaporators 3 36 Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 35 Procedure to Clear the Refrigerant Circuit in Case of Frozen Evaporators ESIE07 11 5 2 Procedure to Clean the Refrigerant Circuit in Case of Frozen Evaporators If water is detected in the refrigerant circuit after an evaporator damage the following procedure should be executed to clear the system Step Action 1 Inspection and cleaning of compressor Vacuum and heat up the compressor to remove moisture Fill with oil and N2 2 Cleaning amp drying refrigerant circuit Cleaning components m Expansion valve body m Liquid line solenoid valve m Suction and liquid line Replace components m Sight glass m Drier filter element by high density filter m Compressor oil Actions m Drill a hole on the bottom of the condenser headers to remove the water m Braze the drilled holes m Draw the rags through the suction and liquid line m Blow dry N2 through all the pipes m Drain the compressor oil m Vacuum the whole installation Check the condition of the oil of the vacuum pump on a regular basis If the vacuum oil becomes milky it should be replaced by new vacuum oil The crankcase heater must be activated It is advisable to connect a second heater tape at the suction of the compress
133. cal Specifications EWAP AJYNN A Technical The table below contains the technical specifications specifications MODEL EWAP850AJ EWAP900AJY EWAP950AJYN EWAPC10AJYN EWAPC11AJYN EWAPC12AJY YNN A NN A N A N A N A NN A Capacity Eurovent Cooling Nominal kw 854 954 1028 1124 1196 1253 conditions specified in notes Capacity Steps stepless stepless stepless stepless stepless stepless 12 5 100 12 5 100 12 5 100 12 5 100 12 5 100 8 3 100 Nominal input Eurov Cooling kw 319 354 386 424 458 476 ent conditions speci fied in notes EER 2 67 2 69 2 66 2 65 2 61 2 63 ESEER 3 20 3 24 3 21 3 21 3 17 3 24 Casing Colour RAL7032 Dimensions Unit Height mm 2520 2520 2520 2520 2520 2520 Width mm 8010 8910 8910 9810 9810 11870 Depth mm 2230 2230 2230 2230 2230 2230 Weight Unit kg 5900 6170 6290 6525 6645 9050 Operating weight kg 6185 6440 6560 6780 6900 9320 Water heat exchanger Minimum water volume in the system The minimum water content per unit should be calculated with a certain approximation using this simplified for Formula mula Q 35 83 x P kW AT C x 1 N where Q minimum water content per unit expressed in litres P minimum cooling capacity of the unit expressed in kW AT evaporator entering leaving water temperature dif ference expressed in C N Number of compressors For more accurate determination of quantity of water it is advisable to contact the designer of the plant Air heat exchanger Type Lanced fins internally spiral wound tub
134. carry out its pump down cycle and then stop Repeat the sequence for all the selectors Q2 Q3 and Q4 to stop all the other compressors Switch the QO selector from Local to off position Push the On Off button on the keypad to de energise the unit green light become off Open the circuit breaker Q12 to stop the auxiliary circuit Open the main switch Q10 to remove the power supplier to the unit In this condition the oil electric heater is off When you restart the unit before switching on the compressors wait at least 12 hours to heat the oil Close the shut off valves of the refrigerant circuits Switch off the water pumps Service the unit according to the program Part 5 Maintenance Maintenance ESIE07 11 1 7 Periodical Checks Electrical checks Refrigerant checks Water checks The table below contains the electrical checks Inspection checks and actions Remarks Check if all electrical wiring is properly connected and securely tightened Check the electrical components for damage or loss Check if the power supply corresponds with the identification label of the unit Check the operation of the circuit breaker and the earth leak detector of the local supply panel Check the operation of the safety devices No operation can cause damage to the unit The table below contains the refrigerant checks Inspec
135. d tighten all connections Check the supply voltage Check the motor and replace if defective See corrective steps for high discharge pressure Compressor noisy or vibrating There is a compressor internal problem The oil injection is not adequate Contact Daikin Contact Daikin Compressor will not load or unload The capacity control is defective The unloader mechanism is defective The control solenoids are defective See capacity control section Replace Replace High discharge pressure Discharge shut off valve is partially closed Non condensable is in the system Fans are not running Fan control is out of adjustment Heat recovery condensers are dirty System is overcharged with refrigerant The condenser coil is dusty The air recirculates from the outlet into the unit coils Air entering the unit is restricted Open the shut off valve Purge the non condensable from the condenser coil after shutdown Check the fan fuses and electrical circuits Check if the unit set up in the microprocessor matches the unit model number Check the microprocessor condenser pressure sensor for proper operation Clean the condenser tubes by mechanical or chemical tools Check for excessive sub cooling Remove the excess charge Clean the condenser coil Remove the cause of recirculation Remove any obstructions near the unit P
136. d water flow through the evaporator The flow rates must fall between the minimum flow and pressure and maximum values Flow rates below the minimum values shown will result in laminar flow which drop will reduce efficiency cause erratic operation of the electronic expansion valve and could cause low temperature cut out On the other hand flow rates exceeding the maximum values shown can cause erosion vibration and may cause the break on the evaporator water connections and tubes Measure the chilled water pressure drop through the evaporator at field installed pressure taps It is important not to include valve or strainer pressure drop in these readings Variable chilled water flow through the evaporator while the compressors are operating is not recommended Set points are based upon a constant flow and variable temperature Heat recovery Heat recovery condensers are supplied without the headers connection on both water sides entering condenser water and leaving flow and pressure drop These Headers must be provided by the installer locally including the wells pockets for microprocessor control sensors Balance the hot water flow through the heat recovery condenser The flow rates must fall between the minimum and maximum values Flow rates below the minimum values shown will result in laminar flow that will reduce efficiency cause erratic operation of the unit and could cause high pressure cut out On the other hand flow rates exceed
137. denser coil 2 Evaporator 3 Evaporator water inlet 4 Evaporator water outlet 5 Victaulic connections for 219 1 O D tube 6 Operating and control panel 7 360x150 slot for power and control panel connection 8 8 lifting shackles 9 8 isolator mounting holes 25 mm DIA 10 Coil protection guards optional 11 Compressors enclosure optional Version Condenser type Weight KG Isolators load KG Shipping Operating A B c D E F G H EWAP850AJYNN A Aluminium EWAP850AJYNN A Acrylic coated 5625 5910 1020 1115 840 915 675 695 330 320 OPRN EWAP850AJYNN A Aluminium 5885 6150 1080 1175 900 975 675 895 330 320 OPLN Acrylic coated EWAP850AJYNN A EWAP850AJYNN A OPRN Rubber isolators Type q ty 786010 m 4Pz 786010 w 4Pz EWAP850AJYNN A OPLN Part 1 System Outline 1 39 General Outline ESIE07 11 EWAP900AJYNN A The illustration below shows the outlook the dimensions and the installation and service space of the unit mm 2230 8910 40 pa Control box 4 Air discharge U Optional right hand evaporator water za a y a 8 See detail B 7 CA 2225 30 2065 BO Frame 1800 e O 1800 FetoToToloToToToTolA l s0n r ojololojo ojojo See detail A a ES 5 A LG EE ER AR Fan arrangeme
138. duction When a problem occurs all possible faults have to be checked This chapter gives a general idea of where to look for faults Furthermore the general procedures for refrigeration circuit repair and for electrical circuit repair are explained Remark Not all repair procedures are described Some procedures are considered common practice What is in this part This part contains the following chapters Chapter See page 1 Overview of Fault Indications and Safeties 3 3 2 Checking the Inputs and Outputs 3 7 3 Procedure for Software Upload Download 3 13 4 Procedure to Protect Compressor in Case of Frozen Evaporator 3 33 5 Procedure to Clear the Refrigerant Circuit in Case of Frozen Evaporators 3 35 6 Procedure for the Changing and Configuration of the Display 3 37 7 Procedure for the Changing and Configuration of the PCO I O Board 3 41 8 Procedure for the Changing of the Electronic Expansion Valve Driver 3 43 9 Procedure for the Changing and Configuration of the Expansion I O Board 3 45 Optional 10 Manual Upload or Download Control Test Procedure 3 47 11 Troubleshooting Chart 3 49 12 Prestart System Checklist 3 55 Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 1 ESIE07 11 3 2 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE07 11 Overview of Fault Indications and Safeties 1 Overview of Fault Indications and Safeties 1 1 What Is in This Chapter Introduction In the first stage of
139. e 1 5 General Outline ESIE07 11 Water heat exchanger Minimum water volume in the system The minimum water content per unit should be calculated with a certain approximation using this simplified for Formula mula Q 35 83 x P KW AT C x 1 N where Q minimum water content per unit expressed in litres P minimum cooling capacity of the unit expressed in kW AT evaporator entering leaving water temperature dif ference expressed in C N Number of compressors For more accurate determination of water it is advisable to contact the designer of the plant Air heat exchanger Type Lanced fins internally spiral wound tubes Water Heat Exchanger Type Shell and tube Minimum water volume 432 432 432 419 419 419 in the system Water flow Min min 1614 1626 1642 2357 2359 2365 rate Nominal min 3681 3882 4088 4346 4538 4730 Max min 5104 5141 5192 7453 7460 7479 Nominal water pres Cooling Heat Pa 52 57 62 34 37 40 sure drop exchan ger Water Heat Exchanger Model Quantity 1 1 1 1 1 1 Fan Type Helical Drive Direct drive Diameter mm 800 800 800 800 800 800 Nominal air flow m3 min 6300 6636 7440 7296 7632 7962 Model Quantity 19 20 22 22 23 24 Speed rpm 860 860 860 860 860 860 Motor w 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 Output Discharge direction Vertical Compressor Type Semi hermetic single
140. e drop in the liquid line possibly due to a clogged filter drier or a restriction elsewhere in the liquid line If sub cooling is low add charge to clear the sight glass If sub cooling is normal and flashing is visible in the sight glass replace the filter drier An element inside the sight glass indicates the moisture condition corresponding to a given element colour If the sight glass does not indicate a dry condition after about 3 hours of operation the unit should be pumped down and the filter dryers changed The following table is a guide to determinate the dry or wet condition of the system COLOUR MEANS Green Sky Blue Dry Yellow Pink Wet 5 4 Part 5 Maintenance ESIE07 11 Maintenance Evaporator The units are supplied with a new optimised counter flow evaporator single refrigerant pass It is direct expansion 2 evaporators for units with 4 compressors with refrigerant inside the tubes and water outside shell side with carbon steel tube sheets with straight copper tubes that are spirally wound internally for higher efficiencies expanded on the tube plates The external shell is linked with an electrical heater to prevent freezing to 28 C ambient temperature energised by a thermostat and is covered with a closed cell insulation material Each evaporator has 2 or 3 refrigerant circuits one for each compressor Each evaporator is manufactured in accordance with PED approval Normally no ser
141. e must be done locally by the installer The specifications of the sensors are the following a W10 to be installed at the entrance of the condenser m W11 to be installed at the exit of the condenser When the selector switch Q7 enables the heat recovery mode the sensor W10 measures the hot water temperature value If the value is below the setpoint temperature value it allows the first step to switch the four way valve from chiller to heat recovery cycle If the setpoint temperature is not achieved the microprocessor control inserts all the other steps available according to the number of refrigerant circuits On the contrary if the water temperature exceeds the setpoint value the microprocessor control switches off the steps until the correct temperature is achieved inside the band It is of course mandatory that the heat recovery condenser flow switch is on otherwise the unit will never switch the heat recovery cycle on The microprocessor control is normally set at the factory To verify or change the setpoints refer to the user manual supplied with the unit 2 118 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 Functional Control 3 27 Heat Recovery Operation Function The unit supplied with the heat recovery condensers is equipped with an additional microprocessor description TC10 see electrical wiring diagram with two three or four steps to control the hot water temperature according to the number of heat exchang
142. e requires the use of Carel expansion board board shown in the figure below Power supply connector G GO Analogue output 0 to 10 V Network connector for expansions in RS485 GND T T or tLAN GND T 24 Vac Vdc digital inputs Yellow LED showing power supply voltage and 3 signalling LEDs Serial address Analogue inputs and probe supply Relay digital outputs oo WO O R ND This device needs to be addressed to ensure correct communication with the controller via RS485 protocol Addressing microswitches are placed nearby status LEDs refer to key 6 in the figure above Once the address is correctly set the expansion could be linked with PCO board 1 The correct connection is achieved connecting J23 pin on board 1 with J3 pin on the expansion board note that the expansion board connector is different from the controller one but the wires must be placed in the same positions of connectors Expansion boards are only I O extensions for the controller and don t need any software Part 2 Functional Description 2 21 The Digital Controller ESIE07 11 Expansion board lan setup details Example address 1 As shown in the figure above expansion boards have only four microswitches to set the net address For more details on microswitches configuration refer to 2 3 6 Addressing of plan RS485 Status LEDs Three status LEDs are present
143. e superheat is too low Reduce the load or add additional equipment See corrective steps below for failure of compressor to load Check the superheat on the microprocessor display Check the suction line sensor installation and sensor 3 52 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE07 11 Troubleshooting Chart Unit does not switch to heat recovery operation mode The Q7 selector switch doesn t work There is no heating load required The flow switch is not operating The 4 way solenoid valve is not working The W10 sensor element is not fixed in the well pocket The W10 sensor element gives a wrong signal The TC10 microprocessor control doesn t work Replace the selector switch Add additional equipment Check the water pump Check the solenoid valve and check if the 4 way valve is blocked Replace the wrong components Fix the element in the well pocket properly Replace the element Check the supply connections or replace it Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 53 Troubleshooting Chart ESIE07 11 3 54 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE07 11 Prestart System Checklist 12 Prestart System Checklist 12 1 What is in This Chapter Overview This chapter contains the following topics Topic See page 12 2 Prestart System Checklist 3 56 Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 55 Prestart System Checkli
144. e time the alarm occurred temperatures pressures expansion valve status and compressor load alarm Key menu 0 Password NO These screens allow you to consult all the running parameters of the circuit unit at the moment of the alarm DD MM YY Comp Overload 1 enter m Press to consult the running conditions or to scroll through all the running data screens If compressor 3 or 4 is present you can scroll between control board 1 comp 1 and 2 and control board 2 comp 3 and 4 m Press gt When you press the info button the following screen will appear for control board 2 m Buffer alarm screens see page 2 75 Part 2 Functional Description 2 75 The Digital Controller ESIE07 11 2 76 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 Functional Control 3 Functional Control 3 1 What Is In This Chapter Introduction This chapter will give more detailed information about the functions used to control the system Understanding these functions is vital when diagnosing a malfunction which is related to functional control Overview This chapter contains the following topics Topic See page 3 2 ON OFF Management 2 79 3 3 Thermostat Control 2 80 3 4 Setpoint Reset of the Chilled Water 2 85 3 5 Return Water Reset 2 88 3 6 Freeze up Control 2 89 3 7 En
145. e user menu and bypass in case of high pressure problems stage hold or stage down Fan Silent Mode Max Inv Out _FSM Monday Friday Start ist 00 00 2nd 18 00 FSM Saturday Start 00 00 14 00 FSM Force On Days 1 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 FSM Force On Days 2 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 Part 2 Functional Description 2 117 Functional Control ESIE07 11 3 26 Heat Recovery Microprocessor Control Function All the units equipped with the heat recovery water condensers have an additional microprocessor description control to manage the heat recovery function of the unit The microprocessor is installed inside the main control box below the MicroTech key pad as shown below Microtech Key Pad Chiller Operation HEAT RECOVERY OPERATION Switch Selector Q7 0 Cooling Mode 1 Heat Recovery Mode Heat Recovery Microprocessor Control Carel type IR32 Two different models of microprocessor control are used m R32W units with two heat recovery condensers m R32Z units with three or four heat recovery condensers Both models are equipped with the temperature sensors NTC and PR100 to control the entering water temperature to the heat recovery condenser and to measure the temperature of leaving hot water Temperature sensors are supplied electrically and are connected to the microprocessor but they are not installed in the pipe well pocket The activation of this devic
146. eader compressor at 75 Leader comp 75 Next comp 28 4b Yes Unit will first unload leader compressor to 50 When this is done the next compressor will start 25 Leader comp 50 Next comp 25 This will give you another 75 capacity but now the unit is able to upload in small steps m Unit will upload the running compressors to 75 m f another compressor is present and there is still demand for food the regulation cycle will continue from point 3 m If no other compressors are present and there is still demand for load the compressors will upload to 100 capacity according to the PID regulation if needed m When the temperature is in the dead band the unit will operate with the same capacity no upload or download 2 84 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 Functional Control 3 4 Setpoint Reset of the Chilled Water Introduction Double setpoint External signal Among the MicroTech NC controllers options there are also several possibilities to regulate the unit with particular logics or outside signals The setpoint reset function gives the possibility to modify the local setpoint of the chilled water according to the following logics m double setpoint external signal m m OAT outdoor ambient temperature reset m return water reset Through an external contact optionally a switch is installed on the electric panel control it is possible to vary the local setpoint
147. el At the entering water pipe the temperature sensor must be installed supplied spare with the unit to control the heat recovery cycle Part 5 Maintenance 5 5 Maintenance ESIE07 11 Condenser coil fans The condenser fans are helical types with wing profile blades to achieve a better performance The direct coupling with the electrical motor reducing vibrations caused by the functioning The three phase type motors are supplied as standard with IP54 protection Insulation class F they are protected against overloading and short circuits by circuit breakers located inside the electrical control panel Air cooled The condensing coils are constructed with internally enhanced seamless copper tubes arranged ina condenser staggered row pattern and mechanically expanded into lanced and rippled aluminum condenser fins Condensing coil Lubricating oils Crankcase and oil separator heaters Refrigerant with full fin collars An integral sub cooler circuit provides sub cooling to effectively eliminate liquid flashing and increases in cooling capacity without increasing the power input No maintenance is ordinary required except the occasional removal of dirt and debris from the outside surface of the fins Daikin recommends the use of foaming coil cleaners available at air conditioning supply outlets Use caution when selecting such cleaners as some may contain potentially harmful chemical Care should be taken not to damage
148. en None with the line Trm2 8 Sh Addr Priv Shared 7 6 To enable the new configuration put the The new configuration is enabled pointer on No using the key enter and change it to Yes with up and down and push enter Remarks m The operations from 1 to 4 must be repeated for all compressor boards I O Board 1 and 2 m The operations from 1 to 5 must be repeated for all compressor boards I O Board 1 and 2 if the remote terminal is connected Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 39 Procedure for the Changing and Configuration of the Display ESIE07 11 Step Action Result 7 At the end of the operations turn off and restart the system Remark It is possible after a restart that the terminal is stuck in a unit This is due to the fact that the memory of the drivers remains fed by the buffer battery and keeps on processing the data contained in the preceding configuration In this case with the system not fed it is sufficient to disconnect the batteries from all the drivers and then connect them again 3 40 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE07 11 Procedure for the Changing and Configuration of the PCO I O Board 7 Procedure for the Changing and Configuration of the PCO I O Board 7 1 What Is in This Chapter Overview This chapter contains the following topics 3 Topic See page 7 2 Changing the PCO controller 3 42
149. ena a taae etanan eiaa 3 50 12 Prestart System Checklist 12 1 What is in This Chapter eeeeee sue eee aaa aaa aaa 3 55 12 2 Prestart System Checklist eu ooeee oset 3 56 Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run 1 Pre Test Run Checks 1 1 Whats in This Chapter acicate 4 3 1 2 General CHECKS ilatina sa A ARE E AAAA 4 4 1 3 Water Piping Checks A 4 5 1 4 Water Pump Diagram eeeeeee eee eee aaa nn nan nnn nn cnn narran 4 7 15 Evaporator Pressure Drop EWAP AJYNN and EWAP AJYNN A 4 8 1 6 Pressure Drop for Partial Heat RecovVery ooococonocccnnocccononcccnoncnonancnarnnnnnnns 4 10 1 7 Pressure Drop for Full Heat Recovery c oooociocccccnoccccoccnonoorncnnanc conan nnrnnnnnnno 4 11 1 8 Water Flow and Pressure Drop Precautions 2222111221111111111 4 12 1 9 Electrical Checks iii iin Adve Made ed 4 13 iv Table of Contents ESIE07 11 Part 5 Maintenance 1 Maintenance 1 1 Whatilsin This Chapter za waw Lied asia dA ZOZ ak O aaa 5 3 1 2 System Maintenance cconcccnnccnoccconnnonononncnnnoncnnc conan cnc 5 4 1 3 Preventive Maintenance Schedule ooccocoococucnccccnnnnononcnonnnnnananananaronononons 5 8 1 4 EE eeeeceececeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeaeeeaeeseaeseaeessaeeeseeeseeeenees 5 9 1 5 Seasonal Shut down a inotela A 5 10 1 6 Maintenance Shut down cccccccccncncnnnnnnnininanannananononnnnnnnnnnnnnnnonanonanannnnnns 5 11 1 7 Periodical CHECKS cia ected alee tks 5 12
150. ens allow you to set the MOP protection parameters EXV Settings MOP Protection MOP Limit Int Time m MOP Limit Setpoint of the MOP protection function m Int Time Integral time used for the MOP function EXV Settings MOP Protection Start Up Delay m Start Up Delay Start up delay of the MOP functions at start up Part 2 Functional Description 2 61 The Digital Controller ESIE07 11 High temperature condensing protection Suction temperature high limit EXV pressure probe values Battery Plan setting Change driver This screen allows you to set the high temperature condensing protection setpoints EXV Settings HiTcond PROTECTION HiTcond Limit Int Time m HiTcond Limit Setpoint of the high temperature condensing protection m Int Time Integral time used for the high temperature condensing protection This screen allows you to set the suction temperature high limit setpoint EXV Settings Suction Temperature High Limit This screen allows you to set the pressure probe minimum and maximum values m Min Value Minimum value of the low pressure probe operation range m Max Value Maximum value of the low pressure probe operation range These screens allow you to enable disable the EXV battery and plan EXV Setting 1 BATTERY PRESENT PLAN PRESENT EXV Setting 2 BATTERY PRESENT PLAN PRESENT This screen allows you to change the driver pas
151. ers are shipped factory charged with a full operating charge of refrigerant but there may be times when a unit must be recharged at the jobsite Follow these recommendations when field charging Refer to the unit operating charge found in the data tables on pages 1 4 to 1 12 according to the version of the unit chiller or heat recovery The optimum charge is the charge which allows the unit to run with no flashing in the liquid line at all operating conditions When the liquid line temperature does not drop with the addition of 2 0 4 0 Kg of charge and the discharge pressure goes up 20 35 kPa then the sub cooler is nearly full and proper charge has been reached Unit can be charged at any steady load condition at any outdoor ambient temperature Unit must be allowed to run 5 minutes or longer so that the condenser fan staging is stabilized at normal operating discharge pressure For best results charge the unit with 2 or more condenser fans operating per refrigerant In case moisture is noticed in the system through the moisture indicator the system must be evacuated to eliminate the cause of trouble After the trouble has been solved the system must be dried by making an almost perfect vacuum For this purpose a displacement vacuum pump should be used 5 6 Part 5 Maintenance ESIE07 11 Maintenance When the system has been opened for extensive repairs like an overhaul it is advisable to use the method of the evacuation a
152. ers installed in the unit one step for each compressor For reference on how to set this microprocessor see the specific manual supplied with the unit The heat recovery mode is available only if there is a request for cooling load and the capacity depends on the number of compressors running and their unloading positions To run the unit in heat recovery mode follow the items listed below 1 2 Verify the installation of the water flow switch done by the installer and check the electrical connections at M3 426 and M3 427 terminal blocks inside the electrical panel Verify the installation of the microprocessor sensor in the pocket well of the water return common header done by the installer Check the setpoint of the return water temperature on the display of the microprocessor TC10 Carel IR32 Do not exceed the maximum water temperature allowed see the operating limits to avoid shutdown of the unit due to high pressure Switch the water pump on Switch ON the selector Q7 which allows the unit to run in heat recovery mode lf the microprocessor TC10 asks for hot water the four way valve changes the refrigerant circuits from the condenser coil to the heat recovery condenser first step and inserts the other circuits until the return hot water is matching the setpoint In this condition the fan motors of the respective condenser coils are switched OFF Inversely when the microprocessor reduces the steps the f
153. es Water Heat Exchanger Type Shell and tube Minimum water volume 271 256 256 270 270 278 in the system Water flow Min min 1084 1351 1374 1169 1176 1560 rate Nominal min 2448 2735 2947 3222 3429 3592 Max min 3428 4271 4345 3696 4934 4934 Nominal water pres Cooling Heat Pa 51 41 46 76 85 53 sure drop exchan ger Water Heat Exchanger Model Quantity 1 1 1 1 1 1 Fan Type Helical Drive Direct drive Diameter mm 800 800 800 800 800 800 Nominal air flow m3 min 5310 5640 5970 6300 6636 7962 Model Quantity 16 17 18 19 20 24 Speed rpm 860 860 860 860 860 860 Motor w 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 Output Discharge direction Vertical 1 8 Part 1 System Outline ESIE07 11 General Outline Compressor Semi hermetic single screw compressor Refrigerant oil charge Model Quantity 2 2 2 Speed Sound Level Sound Cooling dBA 102 102 103 power Sound Cooling dBA 80 5 80 5 81 Pressure Sound Pressure dBA 75 0 75 0 75 5 OPRN Sound Pressure OPLN dBA 72 5 72 5 72 5 Refrigerant circuit Refrigerant type Refrigerant charge kg 160 170 180 No of circuits 2 2 2 Refrigerant control Electronic expansion valve Piping connections Evaporator water inlet outlet Victaulic diameter 219 1mm Safety Devices High pressure pressure switch Low pressure pressure switch Condensation fan magneto thermal High discharge temperature on the c
154. etp When the pressure drop over the oil filter is bigger than 2 5 bar default the unit will go into alarm after delay timer m Delay Oil high pressure diff alarm delay time before unit goes into alarm Remark Oil high pressure diff pressure drop over oil filter measured by high pressure transducer and oil pressure transducer This screen allows you to set the liquid injection settings Liquid Injection Setpoint Diff m Setpoint Liquid injection setpoint to activate the liquid injection Temperature is measured by the oil temperature sensor PT1000 m Diff Liquid injection differential to switch off liquid injection function setpoint diff Part 2 Functional Description 2 55 The Digital Controller ESIE07 11 EXV pre opening This screen allows you to set the EXV pre opening setting EXV PreOpening m EXV pre opening Pre opening of the electronic expansion valve during pre purge compressor startup RS485 net refresh This screen allows you to reset the RS485 net communication to expansion board RS485 Net Time Check Refresh m Time check Time that the controller will refresh the RS485 net m Refresh Start the refreshing of the RS485 net During the RS485 net refreshing the following screens will appear Wait Please Exp Recognized Refresh procedure is busy Wait Please Exp Recognized Press Enter to Exit Refresh procedure is finished and e
155. figuration of the input and output channels of the MicroTech II controller Overview This chapter contains the following topics Topic See page 2 2 List of Digital Inputs 3 8 2 3 List of Analog Inputs 3 9 2 4 List of Digital Outputs 3 10 2 5 List of Analog Outputs 3 11 2 6 List of Input and Output Channels of the Expansion Board 1 Option Econo 3 12 mizer Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 7 Checking the Inputs and Outputs ESIE07 11 2 2 List of Digital Inputs The table below gives an overview of all the digital inputs BOARD 1 Compressor 1 On Off BOARD 2 Compressor 3 On Off Compressor 2 On Off Compressor 4 On Off Evaporator Flow Switch Phase monitor Double Setpoint Ice Mode High pressure Switch 1 High pressure Switch 2 Current Limit enable 10 Low Pressure Switch 1 Low Pressure Switch 3 11 Low Pressure Switch 2 Low Pressure Switch 4 12 Transition Fault 1 Transition Fault 3 13 Transition Fault 2 Transition Fault 4 14 Overload 1 Overload 3 15 Overload 2 Overload 4 16 On Off Unit os 17 Remote Start Stop 18 External alarm Ta 3 8 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE07 11 Checking the Inputs and Outputs 2 3 List of Analog Inputs The table below gives an overview of all the analog inputs BOARD 1 BOARD 2
156. folder names ES wirtoad Kec C Carel_upload sl I Open Explorer window Selected 1 file 1 279KB Total 2 files 2 557KB II Rstart 4 e Y SSE de Hx Ge 3 aya En Xp 0 Qw ZGPECG WOM 13 20 10 lgixl Ele Edt view Favorites Tools Help Hek gt A d Wer rwa Gres GI SA O Address E http fextranet daikineurope comjen software service pco2 winload32 default jsp o Links gt 4 DAIKIN a e s Home gt Software Downloads Service Software gt Chiller PCO gt Winkoed32 Wig Winload32 Marketing a 1 Do the same see previous screens for Document Library Winload32 Program A a the Carel drivers AA Winload32 v3 30 program Service Department 2 Save the carel drivers in the Carel A Winload32 Carel Driver USB folder on your PC a USB based carel driver for Winload32 ale 3 Follow the PDF instruction file in the zip Software Downloads R A Training Winlaad3 Carel Driver Serial archive to install the driver pm mates Serial port based carel driver for Winload32 References Contact us af PP eg internet 3 20 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE07 11 Procedure for Software Upload Download Step Action 11 la x Ble Edt Yew Favortes Tools Hep El aback gt Q 2 Gseach Favores Grea G I EA Daikin Extranet Chiller PCO Microsoft Internet Explorer provided by Daikin Europe
157. g furnished El 74 LD 18 N 4 holes Connecting pipe furnished 1 28 Part 1 System Outline ESIE07 11 General Outline Components The table below lists the components No Component 1 Condenser coil 2 Evaporator 3 Evaporator water inlet 4 Evaporator water outlet 5 Victaulic connections for 219 1 O D tube 6 Operating and control panel 7 360x150 slot for power and control panel connection 8 8 lifting shackles 9 10 isolator mounting holes 25 mm DIA 10 Coil protection guards optional 11 Compressors enclosure optional Version Condenser type Weight KG Isolators load KG Ship Oper A B e D E F G H L M ping ating EWAPC13AJ Aluminium YNN Acrylic coated 8610 9080 1265 1265 1015 1015 1215 1215 475 475 570 570 EWAPC13AJ YNN OPRN EWAPC13AJ Aluminium 8970 9440 1325 1325 1095 1095 1255 1255 475 475 570 570 YNN OPLN Acrylic coated EWAPC13AJ YNN EWAPC13AJ Rubber isolators Type q ty 786010 m 6Pz 786010 w 4Pz YNN OPRN EWAPC13AJ YNN OPLN Part 1 System Outline 1 29 General Outline ESIE07 11 EWAPC14AJYNN The illustration below shows the outlook the dimensions and the installation and service space of the unit mm GiG rore a G Air discharge 2520 HA EE SN p 2225 Frame
158. ge is out of acceptable limits 002 Freeze alarm Antifreeze protection The outlet water M temperature is equal to the antifreeze value 005 Evaporator Flow alarm Intervention of Evaporator Flow switch M The water pump could be off 006 Low pressure alarm transducer Low pressure intervention by microchip 007 High discharge temperature alarm Intervention of the discharge tempera temperature switch ture switch 008 Fault transition Starting procedure is not complete Ver M ify the contactors 009 Low oil pressure The oil pressure is not enough for the M correct lubrication of the compressor Verify that the condensing pressure is at least 3 times the suction pressure 0 011 High oil pressure difference High oil differential pressure The oil filter M could be dirty or the solenoid valve doesn t work correctly 012 High pressure alarm pressure Intervention of the high pressure M switch mechanical switch 016 Compressor overload Intervention of the compressor thermal M motor or intervention of the high temper ature switch 023 High pressure alarm transducer Intervention high pressure by microchip M 030 B1 probe fault or not connected Sensor B1 error M 031 B2 probe fault or not connected Sensor B2 error M 032 B3 probe fault or not connected Sensor B3 error M 033 B4 probe fault or not connected Sensor B4 error M 034 B5 probe fault or not connected Sensor B5 error M 035 B6 probe fault or not connected Sensor B6 error M
159. he Changing of the Electronic Expansion Valve Driver ESIE07 11 8 2 Changing the Expansion Valve Driver To change the expansion valve driver proceed as follows Step Action 1 Switch off the power supply to the driller Remove the old EV driver Place the new EV driver in the same way as the old EV driver Change the EV driver dipswitches to the right address Execute the configuration procedure for the pLan settings see Configuration Proce dure for the pLan Settings on page 3 39 3 44 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE07 11 Procedure for the Changing and Configuration of the Expansion I O Board Optional 9 Procedure for the Changing and Configuration of the Expansion I O Board Optional 9 1 What is in This Chapter Overview This chapter contains the following topics 3 Topic See page 9 2 Changing the PCO Expansion Board 3 46 Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 45 Procedure for the Changing and Configuration of the Expansion I O Board Optional ESIE07 11 9 2 Changing the PCO Expansion Board To change the PCO expansion board proceed as follows Step Action 1 Switch off the power supply to the chiller 2 Remove the old expansion board driver 3 Place the new expansion board in the same way as the old expansion board 4 Check if the dipswitch address is on 5 on off on off 5 Switch on the power to the chi
160. ile 16 11 2004 1 106 420 65 36 776 euwatOmey IUP File 16 11 2004 1 106 416 65 36 814 euwat0mzyl a Bios pco2 ver357 bin BIN File 21 07 2004 8 22 393 216 70 116 314 euwa40mzy a Boot pco2 ver301 bin BIN File 11 06 2002 1 16 384 59 6 723 euwatOmzyl ha CHLV30M6 bin BIN File 16 11 2004 1 225 362 60 90 983 euwat0mzy DEV File 9 12 2004 11 05 4 112 89 450 euwa Omzyl Winzip will open 1 Select the files e Ifyou have a 2Mb controller you can upload all languages iup files e Ifyou have a 1Mb controller only 2 languages can be uploaded only extract 2 languages iup files to the upload folder 2 Press on extract Selected 0 files O bytes Total 9 files 1 144KB 95 str 6 OOM yA ANO Ge Qrace Ger Eco Mrs a SEBEUGWON 1 2 16 E WinZip EUWA40M2Y zip File Actions Options Help Modified size Ratio Packed psh_______ 16 11 2004 1 106 492 66 16 11 2004 1 106 480 65 16 11 2004 1 106 530 65 TIG STFSUWARUMZY 6 723 euwasOmzy 90 983 euwa Omzyj 450 _euwa Omzy 2 Press Extract Bl Removable Disk E 2 52 resticted on euosms B SB common on euoemef amp personal on evosmst B SB exchanges on euosm SP downloads on euosm Y GB Local Disk C Compact Disc 0 Selected 9 files 1 144KB Total 9 files 1 144KB 95 Sfstar 6 OY m AAAG Goat Axe Ger Elmao Boese win BOSEJGWOM sae Part 3 Tro
161. ime the compressor is opened for servicing Warning Electric shock hazard Turn off all electrical power supplies before continuing with following service Caution lt is necessary to de energise the complete electrical panel including crankcase heater before doing any servicing inside Prior to attempting any service on the control centre it is advisable to study the wiring diagram so that you understand the operation system of the water chiller Electrical components do not require particular maintenance other than a monthly tightening of cables Warning The warranty becomes void if the wiring connection to the unit is not in accordance with the specification A blown fuse or tripped protector indicates a short ground or overload Before replacing the fuse or restarting the compressor the problem must be found and corrected It is important to have a qualified electrician to service this panel Unqualified tampering with the controls can cause serious damage to equipment and void the warranty The refrigerant sight glasses should be observed periodically a weekly observation should be adequate A clear liquid sight glass indicates the right refrigerant charge in the system to insure proper feed through the expansion valve Bubbling refrigerant in the sight glass during stable run conditions indicates that the system may be short of refrigerant charge Refrigerant gas flashing in the sight glass could also indicate an excessive pressur
162. in the service menu menu maintenance Please enter digit password to get access to this menu digit Compressor 1 Compressor 3 Manual Load 25 Manual Load 25 State Manual State Manual Compressor 2 Compressor 4 Manual Load 25 Manual Load 25 State Manual State Manual m Manual load 25 100 this parameter can be changed to the required compressor capacity m State OFF this compressor will be disabled Auto the PID function will calculate the needed capacity Manual the selected manual load capacity will be used compressor is fixed to this capacity 3 48 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE07 11 Troubleshooting Chart 11 Troubleshooting Chart 11 1 What is in This Chapter Overview This chapter contains the following topics Topic See page 11 2 Troubleshooting Chart 3 50 Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 49 Troubleshooting Chart ESIE07 11 11 2 Troubleshooting Chart Problem Possible causes Possible corrective steps 1 Main power switch is open 1 Close switch 2 Unit system switch is open 2 Check the unit status on the control panel Close switch 3 Circuit switch is in pump down 3 Check the circuit status on the position control panel Close switch 4 Evaporator flow switch is not 4 Check the unit status on the closed control panel Close switch 5 Circuit breakers are open 5 Close circuit breakers 6 Fuse is blown or circuit breake
163. ing the maximum values shown can cause erosion on the condenser water connections and tubes Measure the hot water pressure drop through the condenser at field installed pressure taps lt is important not to include header valve or strainer pressure drop in these readings Variable hot water flow through the condenser while the compressors are operating is not recommended Set points are based upon a constant flow and variable temperature Leaving Connections Entering Connections 4 12 Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run ESIE07 11 Pre Test Run Checks 1 9 Electrical Checks Checklist The table below contains the electrical checklist Step Check whether 1 The main fuses earth leak detector and main isolator are installed 2 The main power supply voltage deviates less than 10 from the nominal value 3 The flow switch and pump contact are properly wired 4 The optional wiring for pump control is installed 5 The optional wiring for remote start stop is installed Make sure that the controller is programmed correctly Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run 4 13 Pre Test Run Checks ESIE07 11 4 14 Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run ESIE07 11 Part 5 Maintenance Introduction Preventive maintenance should be set up for operation at maximum capacity or to avoid damage The following chapters explain how to or when to maintain the units It is also applicable on other types
164. inimum water content per unit expressed in litres P minimum cooling capacity of the unit expressed in kW AT evaporator entering leaving water temperature dif ference expressed in C N Number of compressors For more accurate determination of water it is advisable to contact the designer of the plant Air heat exchanger Type Lanced fins internally spiral wound tubes Water Heat Exchanger Type Shell and tube Minimum water volume 278 271 271 256 256 263 in the system Water flow Min min 882 1090 1096 1371 1373 1212 rate Nominal min 2265 2508 2706 2941 3130 3320 Max min 2788 3445 3465 4337 4341 3833 Nominal water pres Cooling Heat Pa 66 53 61 46 52 75 sure drop exchan ger Water Heat Exchanger Model Quantity 1 1 1 1 1 1 Fan Type Helical Drive Direct drive Diameter mm 800 800 800 800 800 800 Nominal air flow m3 min 3978 4314 4644 4974 5304 5970 Model Quantity 12 13 14 15 16 18 Speed rpm 860 860 860 860 860 860 Motor w 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 Output Discharge direction Vertical 1 4 Part 1 System Outline ESIE07 11 General Outline Compressor Semi hermetic single screw compressor Refrigerant oil charge Model Quantity 2 2 2 Speed Sound Level Sound Cooling dBA 101 102 102 power Sound Cooling dBA 80 5 80 5 81 Pressure Sound Pressure dBA 75 0 75 0 75 5 OPRN Sound Pressure OPLN dBA 72 5 72
165. ion Condenser type Weight KG Isolators load KG Ship Oper A B Cc D E F G H L M ping ating EWAPC12AJ Aluminium YNN Acrylic coated 8010 8290 1200 1200 965 965 1130 1130 370 370 480 480 EWAPC12AJ YNN OPRN EWAPC12AJ Aluminium 8370 8650 1260 1260 1045 1045 1170 1170 370 370 480 480 YNN OPLN Acrylic coated EWAPC12AJ YNN EWAPC12AJ Rubber isolators Type q ty 786010 m 6Pz 786010 w 4Pz YNN OPRN EWAPC12AJ YNN OPLN 1 27 Part 1 System Outline General Outline ESIE07 11 EWAPC13AJYNN The illustration below shows the outlook the dimensions and the installation and service space of the unit mm 2230 10070 4D ae a Control box E D 5 i A E t Air discharge Optional right hand evaporator water ao 2520 425 See detail B 670 2225 Frame Detail A rubber isolator Isolators location Fixing bolt not furnished 2 8 1800 O O O OTOJOJOJOJO O 1800 1500 See detail A ojojo lololololojo e fiso rh Gr Ech Cda Ada a UH Cp Cp ua Fan arrangements and minimum 8 clearance requirements a m ml m ch 1 a as ME HEY Fela poe gda o 2345 2345 2345 1500 650 2 ole e 810 A Detail B Concrete footing Mza Victaulic couplin
166. ion facilitates the rust process and shortens the lifetime of the unit 6 The operator has received the operation manual 7 The installer has received the installation manual 8 The air volume over the coil is adequate there is no blockage from paper plastic or air short circuit due to wrong positioning 4 4 Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run ESIE07 11 Pre Test Run Checks 1 3 Water Piping Checks Checklist Water volume flow and pressure The table below contains the water piping checklist Step Check whether A filter is installed in front less than 1 meter of the water inlet of the heat exchanger The heat exchangers are sensitive to dirt and small particles maximum filter mesh of 1mm The water volume is within the limits There is adequate water flow The water quality meets the standards The water piping is properly insulated Measurement points for temperature and pressure are available on the water circuit The flow switch and pump are properly working Air purge points are installed on the high parts of the water piping Drain taps are installed at the low points of the water piping Other parts of the water circuit are properly mounted and installed e g buffer tank expan sion tank Vibration compensators are mounted at the water connections if the unit is positioned on anti vibration pads The table below shows the
167. is higher than 2 5 bar default for 20 seconds default DP HP oil pressure High Oil DP Alarm Setpoint Delay Part 2 Functional Description 2 113 Functional Control ESIE07 11 3 25 Head Pressure Control 3 25 1 Fan Management Purpose To regulate the high pressure There are 3 possible settings depending on the unit and options m Fan steps on off management m Phase cut fan management on all fans m On off fans phase cut fan management Function In the controller the fan management has to be specified First of all the fan type and fan steps have description to be selected Condensation Explanation enable m None not used m Press fan management is based on the high pressure of the unit m Temp not used Type m VFD variable fan drive when the unit is equipped with phase cut fans this type of fan should be selected m Steps when the unit is equipped with on off fans this type of fan should be selected m Speedir when the unit is equipped with the option OPLA Option Low Ambient this type of fan should be selected Fan steps According to the unit the number of fan steps has to be entered This setting is only present when the unit is equipped with on off fans 2 114 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 Functional Control 3 25 2 Phase cut fan management Function description The fan will work according to regulation m Through a sig
168. it mm Control box 2520 425 2225 Frame 12770 See detail A 3 3 E ch ch TE ch F T uN Ca c N G E A el a 3 A P E H _F BL da b rh ch ch qo ch an WEJ cH i 1240 2345 2345 2345 2345 1500 Isolators location Detail B Victaulic coupling furnished Connecting pipe furnished 40 t Air discharge PES See detail B Optional right hand evaporator water fiso0 OLOLOTO OOOO OJ OJ OOO Rs 4273 reco Fan arrangements and minimum clearance requirements M2D BL 1 D 13 N 4 holes Detail A rubber isolator Fixing bolt not furnished Concrete footing 30 1 52 Part 1 System Outline ESIE07 11 General Outline Components The table below lists the components No Component 1 Condenser coil 2 Evaporator 3 Evaporator water inlet 4 Evaporator water outlet 5 Victaulic connections for 219 1 O D tube 6 Operating and control panel 7 360x150 slot for power and control panel connection 8 8 lifting shackles 9 12 isolator mounting holes 25 mm DIA 10 Coil protection guards option
169. ixed at 100 Fixed at 100 Unload up to 75 2 Fixed at 100 Fixed at 100 Unload up to 75 Fixed at 75 3 Fixed at 100 Unload up to 75 Fixed at 75 Fixed at 75 4 Unload up to 75 Fixed at 75 Fixed at 75 Fixed at 75 5 Fixed at 75 Fixed at 75 Fixed at 75 Unload up to 50 6 Fixed at 75 Fixed at 75 Unload up to 50 Fixed at 50 7 Fixed at 75 Fixed at 75 Fixed at 50 Unload up to 25 8 If T is approaching SetP Waiting 8a T in load band Fixed at 75 Fixed at 75 Load up to 75 Stop 8b T not in load Fixed at 75 Fixed at 75 Fixed at Stop band 9 if lag 2 at 75 Fixed at 75 Fixed at 75 Fixed at Off 10 Fixed at 75 Unload up to 50 Fixed at 50 Off 11 Fixed at 75 Fixed at 50 Fixed at 25 Off 12 If T is approaching SetP Waiting 13a T in load Fixed at 75 Load up to 75 Stop Off band 13b T not in load Fixed at 75 Fixed at 50 Stop Off band 14 lag 1 at 75 Fixed at 75 Unload up to 50 Off Off 15 Unload up to 50 Fixed at 50 Off Off 16 Fixed at 50 Unload up to 25 Off Off 17 If T is approaching SetP Waiting 2 82 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 Functional Control Step n Leader Comp Lag 1 Comp Lag 2 Comp Lag 3 Comp 18a T in load Load up to 75 Stop Off Off band 18b T not in load Fixed at 50 Stop Off Off band 19 Unload up to 25 Off Off Off 20 If T is approaching SetP Waiting 21 If SetP T
170. ize Ratio Packed Path New Open Favorites Add Extract Name EB EUWASOMZ zip CD euwasomz zip ET euwasomz zip P 100M2 zip ELWA120M2 2ip 7 Overwrite existing files IT Skip older files 7 Use folder names I Open Explorer window resticted scan on 192 commons on Euosmsi 2 personal on Euosmsl aS Se gt 3402 2006 14 33 3 02 2006 14 33 3 02 2006 14 33 399 335 0 399 335 0 on euosms 399 309 0 399 309 399 312 0 399 312 399 314 0 399 314 5 Click extract 399 451 399 432 4 Choose a location where you want to save the file example C drive 14 File Edt View Favorites Tools Help Bak gt EJ Qseach Qyrokers 3 E UO ZA Folders x a Desktop a EA My Documents C 1000cds Local Disk C QQ Database C database 2 Select an item to view its description Burning software File Folder O Docs C carel File Folder C ESV EEV battery error Capacity 27 8 GB C Carel upload File Folder CJ ESV TRANE damage File Folder CJ ESV Trane Final E Used 27 1 GB Costas File Folder O Foto s Afrika O Free 750 MB bel File Folder C fotos japan Cl Documents and Settings File Folder BC info chilers Lotus Notes Archive File Folder C1 inspection reports mail File Folder QQ Music Ci mame3 File Folder 7107 2004 14 1 My Data Sources CI MODSIM without time limit File Folder 29 10 2004 13 61 CJ My Music
171. le when VFD is selected This screen allows you to set the setpoints of the different fan steps of a circuit These settings are applicable for all circuits Condensation Fan Step N 1 Setpoint 00 0 bar Diff 00 0 bar m FanstepN Number of this fan step m Setpoint Setpoint of fanstep at this setpoint this fan step will switch on m Diff Differential of fanstep to switch off this fan step setpoint diff This screen can be found in each fan step present in the unit Each fan step has its own setpoint and diff setting See table below for fan step settings Setpoint Diff Available Steps Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 1 Not available 2 15 0 4 0 18 0 4 0 3 15 0 4 0 17 0 3 0 18 0 3 0 4 15 0 4 0 16 0 2 0 17 0 2 0 18 0 2 0 Available only for electronic expansion valve 2 52 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 The Digital Controller Fan settings for units with option OPLA and OPFS Condensation setpoints for units with option OPLA and OPFS Oil heating This screen is visible only when VFD or SPEEDTR is selected If the unit is with option OPLA these settings will be used to control the VFD fan If the unit is with option OPFS these settings will be used to control all the fans of the circuit Inverter Config Max Speed Min Speed Speed Up Time m Max Speed When 10 0 V output signal is given fans will work at maximu
172. ller 6 Go to the manufacturer menu menu prog 7 Go to the screen RS484 net Time check Refresh 8 Select refresh Yes The following screen will appear Wait please Exp Recognized When press enter to exit appears the configuration is finished 9 Press enter to exit Remark If the following screen appears Wait please Exp not linked Press enter to exit please check m dipswitch address of the expansion board m wiring of the tLAN 3 46 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE07 11 Manual Upload or Download Control Test Procedure 10 Manual Upload or Download Control Test Procedure 10 1 What is in This Chapter Overview This chapter contains the following topics Topic See page 10 2 Manual Upload or Download Control Test Procedure 3 48 Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 47 Manual Upload or Download Control Test Procedure ESIE07 11 10 2 Manual Upload or Download Control Test Procedure Introduction This function must only be used for testing of the unit e g during commissioning or troubleshooting Description This function allows setting the compressor to a fixed capacity step without thermostat control The unit is still protected by the normal safeties When the unit is near to a safety prevention LP down HP down Freeze prevention it will skip manual mode and continue in normal operation This is to prevent the unit from tripping on a safety This function can be enabled
173. m onfiguration Settings 10 04 21 QI damage ystem file 10 06 21 SC Datas tual device driver 10 06 21 2 Dell jystem file 16 06 21 CJ Documents ands mc iystem file 10 06 21 C Lotus Notes Arct up Information 10 04 21 BF CI mail tual device driver 10 04 21 EC mame32 ation Extension _ 20 05 21 C MODSIM without ation Extension 11 06 21 S O MOVIES ext Document 16 06 21 CI My Documents cut 27 07 21 C Overzetten Lapt Fie 5 11 20 8 2 Program Files sation 22p12121 Q svenska fon une 9 02 20 CJ temp ation znaja HC visual test shell B CI WINNT 68 Compact Disc D Eei AA p ALLA a Type Application Size 1 24 MB 1 24 M8 E My Computer Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 27 Procedure for Software Upload Download ESIE07 11 Step Action 25 Cn A Fie Edt View Fa 1 Go to the tab Public Variables 2 Open the Carel_upload folder to activate all T LTsoftware EUWS 72HZ E E Simulation boards FENTE _ SIDI xj Fie Folder 7407 20 w O test Fie Logs Editor e Folder 31 01 21 8 0 Training Und p s System Information H i ion ie Folder 7407 20 QQ Training cs20 e Folder z7f07ja C trene 82 Applicaton Bios Boot Pubie Variaties Log Project rosoft Word Doc 16 06 21 C Trane manual rosoft Word Doc 12 06 21 S O travel reports 3 Ci obe Acrobat Doc 10 04 21 E my Computer al device driver 10 06 21
174. m speed m Min Speed When 0 0 V output signal is given fans will work at minimum speed switched off m Speed Up Time Time that full speed signal is given to the fan to speed up at fan start up These screens are visible only when VFD or SPEEDTR is selected These screens allow you to set the condensation regulations setpoints Cond Regulation Regul Band 05 0 bar Neutral Band 00 0 bar m Regul Band Condensation regulation band around the condensation setpoint m Neutral Band Condensation neutral band around the condensation setpoint Cond Regulation Integral Time Derivative Time Integral time and derivative time are used by the PID regulation to calculate the actions needed to reach the condensation setpoint This screen allows you to enable disable the oil heating control Enable Oil Heating Control m Y Oil heating function is enabled m N Oil heating function is disabled Part 2 Functional Description 2 53 The Digital Controller ESIE07 11 HP alarm settings This screen allows you to set the high pressure alarm settings m Setpoint High pressure alarm setpoint to activate high pressure alarm m Diff High pressure alarm differential to be able to reset high pressure alarm setpoint diff LP alarm settings This screen allows you to set the low pressure alarm settings m Setpoint Low pressure alarm setpoint to activate low pressure alarm m Diff Low pressure
175. nal 0 10 VdC coming from the controller it is possible to control an external regulator of speed phase cut device The MicroTech II controller besides regulating the fan speed in accordance with the corresponding pressures enables the on off function The screen is only visible when VFD is selected Inverter Config Max Speed Min Speed Speed Up Time m The fans will operate at maximum speed when the controller gives a signal of 10V and at minimum speed when the controller gives a signal of OV m When the fan has to start the controller will give a maximum speed signal 10V for 1 second This is to speed up the fan at fan start After this speed up time the fan will go to the required fan speed 3 25 3 Fan steps on off management Function description The fan will work according to regulation Below an example is shown for 5 fan steps fan step 1 fan step 2 fan step 3 fan step 4 fan step 5 stp1 diff stp2 diff stp3 diff gt stp4 diff gt stp5 aiff Each step has a different setpoint and differential to cut in and out These settings can be entered in the manufacturer menu Condensation Fan step n 1 2 3 4 5 Setpoint 9 0 bar 12 0 bar 14 0 bar 16 0 bar 18 0 bar Diff 1 5 bar 3 0 bar 3 5 bar 4 0 bar 5 0 bar ON OFF 7 5 9 10 5 12 13 14 16 18 HP bar Part 2 Functional Description 2 115 Functional Control ESIE07 11 Manufacturer menu
176. ng ESIE07 11 Procedure for the Changing and Configuration of the Display 6 3 Configuration Procedure for the pLan Settings This procedure must be done in case a terminal is replaced or added remote controller in the pLan or if settings are changed To start configuration proceed as follows Step Action Result 1 Turn on the power supply Nothing will appear on the screen because no configuration has been made 2 A screen will appear with the terminal Hold down and enter simulta address and with the address of the board neously for five seconds in examination Terminal Addr 7 menu L B vo O set prog I O Board Addr n A on off alarm A y enter OOEFEEF Using the up and down keys it is possi ble to choose the different boards 1 and 2 for pCO controller and 3 4 5 and 6 for the electronic valve drivers 3 Select in correspondence with I O Board In about two seconds the following screen Addr the number 1 Board with address will appear 1 and push enter Terminal Config Press ENTER To continue 4 Push enter again The following screen will appear 5 If you want to add a second terminal The following screen will be displayed on remote terminal change the line Trm2 the scre
177. ng Operating A B C D E F G H EWAP950AJYNN Aluminium EWAP950AJYNN Acrylic coated 5755 6040 1020 1115 840 915 690 745 345 370 OPRN EWAP950AJYNN Aluminium 5995 6280 1080 1175 900 975 690 745 345 370 OPLN Acrylic coated EWAP950AJYNN EWAP950AJYNN 786011 m OPRN Rubber isolators Type q ty 786010 m 786011 h 4Pz 2Pz 2Pz EWAP950AJYNN OPLN Part 1 System Outline 1 21 General Outline ESIE07 11 EWAPC10AJYNN The illustration below shows the outlook the dimensions and the installation and service space of the unit mm 2230 Control box E 252D 350 685 7 2225 Frame 8010 40 5 See detail A a 3 Pera Era th Ach 9 c ost na Hy 2 le 4 rh ch rh ch HEE FEI ote BEE 2 300 La 26D0 Pal 2930 aj 1500 Isolators location Detail B Victaulic coupling furnished Connecting pipe furnished t Air discharge Optional right hand evaporator water See detail B 8707 1800 SToToloToToToToW Telolololololo SE Fan arrangements and minimum clearance requirements Detail A rubber isolator Fixing bolt not furnished Concrete footing El L D 13 N 4 holes 2a 1 22 Part 1 System Outline ESIE07 11 General Outline Comp
178. ng double setpoint The setpoint can be selected between the chilled water setpoint limits as specified in the maintenance menu Cooling Double Setpoint This screen shows the actual cooling setpoint Actual Setpoint Cooling This actual cooling setpoint is the cooling setpoint of the unit at the moment This actual cooling setpoint will change if local or dual setpoint is selected or if setpoint is reset Part 2 Functional Description 2 41 The Digital Controller ESIE07 11 2 4 6 Input Output Menu Operational Using this menu you can read the inputs and outputs from the controller software information and EEV information driver information Key 1 0 Password NO Switching between 2 control board 1 and 2 info I O expansion The screens below are only visible when the unit has economizer units A and Z board These screens show you the status of the digital output of the I O expansion board I O Exp E Economizer Economizer 1 O Exp E Economizer Economizer m N Economizer of this circuit is not active m Y Economizer of this circuit is active Software This screen shows the software version installed in the controller 13 10 06 Digital inputs and This screen shows the status O open C closed of the digital inputs and outputs outputs Digital Inputs CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCE Digital Outputs 0000000000000000000000 2 42 Part 2 Functional Description
179. ng pipe furnished al 1 16 Part 1 System Outline ESIE07 11 General Outline Components The table below lists the components 5 Component Condenser coil Evaporator Evaporator water inlet Evaporator water outlet Victaulic connections for 219 1 O D tube Operating and control panel 360x150 slot for power and control panel connection 4 lifting shackles 6 isolator mounting holes 25 mm DIA O JO O FWD 0 Coil protection guards optional 1 Compressors enclosure optional Version Condenser type Weight KG Isolators load KG Shipping Operating A B D E F EWAP800AJYNN Aluminium QRAN 5365 5630 1080 1165 870 935 760 820 EWAP800AJYNN Acrylic coated EWAP800AJYNN Aluminium 5805 5870 1140 1225 930 995 760 820 OPLN Acrylic coated EWAP800AJYNN EWAP800AJYNN OPLN Rubber isolators Type q ty 78601 1 h 6Pz EWAP800AJYNN OPRN Part 1 System Outline 1 17 General Outline ESIE07 11 EWAP900AJYNN The illustration below shows the outlook the dimensions and the installation and service space of the unit mm Control box z t Air discharge Optional right hand evaporator water 2520 7 2225 Frame 1800 4 l ua
180. nished without water pump and or high lift fans 1 82 Part 1 System Outline ESIE07 11 Part 2 Functional Description Introduction This part gives more detailed information about the functions and controls of the unit This information is used as background information for troubleshooting An extensive overview of the functioning of the controller is also given in this part Knowledge of the controller is essential to gather information prior to servicing and troubleshooting What is in this part This part contains the following chapters Chapter See page 1 Operation Range 2 3 2 The Digital Controller 2 13 3 Functional Control 2 77 Part 2 Functional Description 2 1 ESIE07 11 2 2 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 Operation Range 1 Operation Range 1 1 What Is in This Chapter Introduction This chapter contains information about the functions used to control the system Understanding these functions is vital when diagnosing a malfunction that is related to the functional control Overview This chapter contains the following topics Topic See page 1 2 Operational Range EWAP AJYNN 24 1 3 Operational Range EWAP AJYNN with option OPRN OPLN 2 6 1 4 Operational Range EWAP AJYNN A 2 8 1 5 Operational Range EWAP AJYNN A with option OPRN OPLN 2 10 Part 2 Functional Description 2 3 Operation Range ESIE07 11 1 2
181. nputs NTC 0 1V 0 10V 0 20mA 4 20mA Passive analog inputs NTC PT1000 On Off Analog outputs 0 10V 24Vac Vdc Digital inputs 230Vac or 24Vac Vdc Digital inputs Synoptic terminal connection oo NO O R ND 0 o Standard terminal and program download connector Digital outputs relays Expansion board connection y Fak 2 N PLAN connection and microswitches a4 R Serial card connection 4 al Printer card connection k o Memory expansion connection 2 16 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 The Digital Controller pLAN addressing microswitches dS S 19 SD dS dS fal dS ca E ca wa OB A Part 2 Functional Description 2 17 The Digital Controller ESIE07 11 2 3 3 EEXV Valve Driver General description The valve drivers contain the software for the control of the electronic expansion valve and are connected to the battery group which provides the power to close the valve in case of a power failure Inside view driver Addressing Microswitches 2 18 Part 2 Functional Description ESIEO07 11 The Digital Controller Battery assembly Battery charger Chargeable Battery Part 2 Functional Description 2 19 The Digital Controller ESIE07 11 2 3 4 Meaning of the Driver EEXV Status LEDs Normal conditions Under normal condi
182. nts and minimum A am as q CH clearance requirements B DY jj A rh r er ER HU FLU poy BUF 8 sro 2030 1500 Detail A rubber isolator Isolators location Fixing bolt not furnished 670 a H Detail B 100 Concrete footing M Victaulic Kaki 8 mar 1 D 13 N 4 holes Connecting pipe furnished L 184 1 40 Part 1 System Outline ESIE07 11 General Outline Components The table below lists the components No Component 1 Condenser coil 2 Evaporator 3 Evaporator water inlet 4 Evaporator water outlet 5 Victaulic connections for 219 1 O D tube 6 Operating and control panel 7 360x150 slot for power and control panel connection 8 8 lifting shackles 9 8 isolator mounting holes 25 mm DIA 10 Coil protection guards optional 11 Compressors enclosure optional Version Condenser type Weight KG Isolators load KG Shipping Operating A B C D E F G H EWAP900AJYNN A Aluminium EWAP900AJYNN A Acrylic coated 6370 6640 1115 1195 900 970 675 685 550 550 OPRN EWAP900AJYNN A Aluminium 6610 6880 1175 1255 960 1030 675 685 550 550 OPLN Acrylic coated EWAP900AJYNN A EWAP900AJYNN A OPRN Rubber isolators Type q ty 786010 m 4Pz 786010 w 4Pz EWAP9OOAJYNN A OPLN Part 1 System Outline 1 41 General Outline ESIE07 11 EWAP950AJYNN A The illustration below shows the outlook the dimensions and the installation and service space of
183. nts are the same of the OPRN version same cooling capacity but to reduce the sound level the compressors the oil separators and delivery and suction pipes are located inside a cabinet which is sound insulated with highly absorbent acoustic material Discharge flexible pipes and condenser fans rotating at fixed low speed are supplied as standard Introduction ESIE07 11 1 2 Nomenclature Machine type ERA Air cooled condensing unit EWW Water cooled packaged water chiller EWL Remote condenser water chiller EWA Air cooled chiller cooling only EWY Air cooled chiller heatpump EWC Air cooled chiller cooling only with centrifugal fan EWT Aircooled chiller cooling only with heat recovery Refrigerant D R 134a P R 407C Q R 410A Capacity class in kW cooling Always 3 digit code Cap lt 50 kW not round example 37 kW gt 037 50 lt Cap lt 999 kW round 0 5 536 kW gt 535 Cap gt 999 kW use C symbol C 100 example 2578 kW gt C26 Model series first character letter A B O major modification second character letter A B minor modification DENV letter JJW minor modification New Series 1220 240 V 50 Hz V3 1 230V 150 Hz 1 3 230V 150 Hz W1 3N 400 V 50 Hz Y1 3 380 415 V 50 Hz YN 3 400V 50 Hz Hydraulic module Heat recovery version Pump amp electrical options Consult Selection software N
184. o reach the water DT at full load Verify if the evaporator the inlet and outlet water temperature sensors indicate the same temperature and if the difference between them and the thermometer does not exceed 0 1 C Verify if the inlet water temperature sensors of the heat recovery condenser if supplied have been installed in a well pocket on the common pipe and indicate the same temperature Also verify if the difference between it and the thermometer does not exceed 0 1 C Verify if the flow switch es is are connected to the electrical panel at the terminal blocks M3 8 M3 23 for the evaporator and M3 426 M3 427 for heat recovery condensers if supplied Verify the electrical power connection to the electrical panel and put all the switches in OFF position Switch ON the main switch isolator Q10 and the selector Q12 This way the electric heaters of the compressors and the oil separators are energised Check if the software installed on the microprocessor is corresponding to the unit type and the set points are correct Turn the selector switch QO in position Local For normal unit operation condition if the unit is handled by remote place switch QO in position remote Push the on off button on the keypad and wait for the green light to go on Before turning the Q1 selector to ON position check if the Q10 and Q12 has been switched ON at least 12 hours before The controller
185. ocation 5 aS I 2273 Detail B Victaulic coupling furnished Connecting pipe furnished Detail A rubber isolator GQ 51 168 a I D 13 N 4 holes Fixing bolt not furnished Concrete footing 1 54 Part 1 System Outline ESIE07 11 General Outline Components The table below lists the components No Component 1 Condenser coil 2 Evaporator 3 Evaporator water inlet 4 Evaporator water outlet 5 Victaulic connections for 273 O D tube 6 Operating and control panel 7 360x150 slot for power and control panel connection 8 8 lifting shackles 9 12 isolator mounting holes 25 mm DIA 10 Coil protection guards optional 11 Compressors enclosure optional Version Condenser Weight KG Isolators load KG type Ship Operat A B C D E F G H L M N P ping ing EWAPC15 1 Aluminium 6AJYNN A Acrylic 10360 10830 117 117 120 12 126 12 64 640 430 43 705 70 EWAPC15 1 coated 5 5 0 00 5 65 0 0 5 6AJYNN A OPRN EWAPC15 1 Aluminium 10720 11190 123 123 128 12 130 13 64 640 430 43 705 70 6AJYNN A Acrylic 5 5 0 80 5 05 0 0 5 OPLN coated EWAPC15 1 6AJYNN A EWAPC15 1 Rubber iso Type q ty 786010 m 6Pz 786011 h 6Pz 6AJYNN A lators OPRN EWAPC15 1 6AJYNN A OPLN Part 1 System Outline 1 55 General Outline ESIE07 11 EWAPC17AJY
186. ocuments Select all files a a Overzetten Laptop Pny Right click and select properties C temp 62 C visual test shell i U R Wwa Disable read only 8 Compact Disc D a 2 scan on 192 168 200 50 H Press ok TAEA 2 25 G8 i MB E My Computer Asa A 6 OO 18586 Or On Eu y Em we aw ia A ps BE sa 18 En cA caret AE Fie Edt View Favorites Tools Help Back gt Search Pyroders 5 23 G3 X nl Fae a 2 Sees trem MB ZX DE 1 Go to the Carel folder BEZ 2 2 2 Right click winload32 exe 4 CJ Simulation boards soft y 7 fo a 3 Select Create Shortcut EL Training n QQ Training C520 WinLoad32 C wino g Cl Taw iz poston a Shortcut to Winload32 will be made CJ Trane manual Modified 22 12 2003 8 33 sor g Giwe Size 1 24 MB El Local Disk C Attributes normal C Apps 6 1 BMSCONFIGEN c 8KB Security Catalog 10 04 21 econo SKB Seupifomaten isa C Burning software 1KB Configuration Settings 10 04 21 4 e G Corel 405KB Application 10 04j21 CI Carel_upload 1KB Configuration Settings 10 04 21 O damage 25KB System file 10 06 21 HC Dates BKB Virtual device driver 10 06 21 BO Dell SSKB System file 16 06 21 B C Documents and Settings 69KB System file 10 06 21 C Lotus Notes Archive 2KB Setup Information 10 04 24 EB CI Mal 10KB Virtual device driver 10 04 21 EC mame32 23KB Application Extension 20 05 21 C MODSIM without time limit 48 KB Application Extension 11 06 21 BC MOVIES 2KB Text Document 16 06
187. od indicator of leakage however oil may not be visible at all leaks Liquid leak detector fluids work well to show bubbles at medium size leaks but an electronic leak detector may be needed to locate small leaks 2 Add the charge to the system through the valve on the evaporator entering pipe between the expansion valve and the evaporator head Follow the procedure reported on Refrigerant charging 3 The charge can be added at any load condition Charging the refrigerant 1 Connect the refrigerant bottle with a filling pipe to the filling valve on the evaporator head Before firmly tightening the refrigerant bottle valve open it and force the air out of the filling pipe Tighten the charging valve connection and fill the refrigerant 2 When the refrigerant stops to enter the system start the compressor and complete the refrigerant charge 3 If you do not know how much refrigerant has to be added shut off the bottle valve every 5 minutes and continue to charge the refrigerant until the sight glass is clear and free from bubbles Note Do not discharge the refrigerant into the atmosphere To recover it use empty clean and dry bottles The liquid refrigerant recovery can be made through the valve provided on the condenser coil sub cooler outlet To facilitate the recovery of refrigerant put the bottle inside a container full of ice Avoid excessive filling of the bottle 70 80 max Part 5 Maintenance 5 7 Mainten
188. of control between two well defined values Such option results are advantageously applicable in case of installation with ice bank When the temperatures of the evaporator outgoing water are inferior to 4 C the introduction of the correct quantity of Anti freeze in the hydraulic system is required Enable Double Setpoint Cooling Double Setpoint Heating Double Setpoint The setpoint override allows by use of an external signal to override the chilled water setpoint This function is activated by enabling the analog input B3 of the controller A 4 20mA signal can be used to change the setpoint Setpoint Setpoint diff Setpoint diff Setpoint Input signal 4mA 20mA m For inputs lower than 4mA the water setpoint is set to the local setpoint m For inputs between 4 and 20mA the setpoint is obtained by linear interpolation between the setpoint and the setpoint setpoint diff entered in the user menu m For inputs higher than 20mA the water setpoint is set to setpoint diff Remark The value entered for the setpoint diff can also be negative Part 2 Functional Description 2 85 Functional Control ESIE07 11 Lvg Water Temp Setpoint Reset chLWT Setpoint Override Limits Setp Diff Outdoor ambient The OAT mode can be used to modify the setpoint in function of the ambient temperature The user is temperature reset able to choose to use the OAT mode or not The resul
189. oft Word Doc 16 06 21 S O Trane manual Location C Care 201 Release Info 6KB Microsoft Word Doc 12 06 21 amp 0 travel reports comport 6KB Adobe Acrobat Doc 10 04 21 3 E my Computer Modified 27 07 2004 10 52 FTCOMMS vxo 24KB Virtual device driver 10 06 21 A E Local Disk C Size 46l alog 10 04 21 6 CJ Apps 1 Program is busy to program the controller 16 06 21 8 BMSCONFIGEN PM 16 06 21 C BMSCONFIGMB 10 04 21 2 After programming this screen will disappear Settings 10 04 21 C BMSCONFIGMB2 2 Burning software pz 10 04 21 Erre eiar 3 Please go to the Carel_upload folder and Aa 008 e 10 06 21 a open the REPORT file Lis ia eO dell 16 06 21 E L Documents and Settings 10 06 24 10 04 21 gt O Mail S FTSERMOU VXD 10KB Virtual device driver 10 04 21 BL mames 19 FTsERUL DLL 23KB Application Extension 20 05 21 Q ftseruiz di 48KB Application Extension 11 06 21 S O movies E README 2KB Text Document 16 06 21 r o Shortcut 27107121 15 34 14 START WINLOAD32 PP 15 34 54 ON LINE 15 34 55B00T REL 301 DATE APR 15 2002 15 35 25 gt gt gt gt gt TIMEQUT WAITING FOR BIOS INFO 15 35 25 DEVICE TYPE pCO 15 35 28 gt gt gt erasing flash 2 90 CORA HWS On eye or ey Eu wr am e o a BS sa Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 29 Procedure for Software Upload Download ESIE07 11 Step Action 29 Fie Edt Wew Favori
190. oint Freeze up prevention load down Anti freeze Alarm 2 C Setpoint en Anti freeze Alarm shutdown Time Anti Freeze Alarm Setpoint Diff In case the unit has 2 evaporators Evap 1 Anti Freeze Alarm Setpoint Diff Evap 2 Anti Freeze Alarm Setpoint Diff 2 90 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 Functional Control 3 7 Enable Soft Load Function The Soft load function can be enabled by keyboard in the user menu The Soft load function limits the description unit load to a predetermined value Max stage for a set period Max time This function finds wide application where the water temperature is high at the start up but without having a consistent thermal load This function allows energy saving during the unit start up avoiding useless loading of the compressors Enable Soft Load Enable Soft Load Max stage Max Time Part 2 Functional Description 2 91 Functional Control ESIE07 11 3 8 Unit Load Limiting Introduction The Unit load limiting function finds application in all those situations when it is necessary to reduce the electric absorption of the unit in determined periods of the day Load limiting It is possible to limit the unit absorption using one of the two options available under user menu m The first way called Demand Limit requires a 40mA 20mA external signal connections 37 and 38 on M3 The unit max load decreases from 100
191. oller ESIE07 11 Line 4 gives the setpoint origin m STP Source Local Double 4 20 mA m Soft Load xx min remaining soft load time Unit limiting This screen is only visible when unit limiting demand limit is enabled in the user menu Unit Limiting Demand Limit m Demand Limit Read out of the selected capacity limitation according to the supplied 4 20 mA signal Water temperatures This screen shows the water temperatures Water Temperatures ENT Evap LVG Evap m ENT Evap Entering water temperature m LVG Evap Leaving water temperature common leaving water if 2 evaps are present 2 30 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 The Digital Controller Compressor status This screen shows the compressor status Off Ready Possible status m Off Alarm Compressor OFF for alarm m Off Switch Compressor OFF by local switch m Off Ready Compressor OFF ready to start m Oil Heating Compressor waiting for oil heating m Manual Off Compressor disabled by keypad m Recycle Time Compressor waiting for timing m Starting Compressor starting m Pre Purge Compressor unloading at starting m Auto xx Automatic control of compressor with percent load m Manual xx Manual control of compressor with percent load m Downl Compressor download before stop m Pumping down Compressor pump down Refrigerant This screen shows the high and low pressure of this circuit pre
192. ompressor Phase monitor Star delta transition failed Low delta pressure between suction and discharge Low pressure ratio High oil pressure drop Low oil pressure Notes Nominal cooling capacity and power input are based on 12 7 C entering leaving water temp and 35 C air ambi ent temp Power input ids for the whole unit Unit C17 and C18 are longer than 14000 mm so beware of special transportation req MODEL EWAPC13AJ EWAPC14AJY EWAPC15JYNN EWAPC16JYNN EWAPC17JYNN EWAPC18JYN YNN A NN A A A A N A Capacity Eurovent Cooling Nominal kw 1357 1427 1497 1595 1644 1729 conditions specified in notes Capacity Steps stepless 8 3 100 Nominal input Eurov Cooling kw 512 542 575 ent conditions speci fied in notes EER 2 65 2 63 2 60 2 61 2 51 2 55 ESEER 3 28 3 26 3 22 3 24 3 12 3 18 Casing Colour RAL7032 Dimensions Unit Height mm 2520 2520 2520 2520 2520 2520 Width mm 12770 12770 13670 13670 14570 14570 Depth mm 2230 2230 2230 2230 2230 2230 Weight Unit kg 9505 9625 10060 10075 10410 10470 Operating weight kg 9980 10100 10530 10520 10860 10920 Part 1 System Outline 1 9 General Outline ESIE07 11 Water heat exchanger Minimum water volume in the system The minimum water content per unit should be calculated with a certain approximation using this simplified for
193. on 2 65 The Digital Controller ESIE07 11 2 4 10 Maintenance Input Menu Operational Using this menu you can set all maintenance parameters The parameters can only be modified by information trained individuals Screen Digit maintenance password Password Yellow E blue Switching between 2 control board 1 and 2 info Evaporator pump This screen allows you to settle the evaporator threshold maintenance and running hours timers Evap Pump h Count Threshold 010 x 1000 Reset N Adjust 000000 m Threshold Running hour when unit will show Evaporator Pump Maintenance Alarm m Reset Y Reset evaporator pump hours m Adjust Enter the running hours of the pump This has to be done whenever software or controller is changed Compressor This screen allows you to set the compressor threshold maintenance and running hours running data setting Comp h Count CH Threshold 010 x 1000 Reset N Adjust 000000 m C 1 Compressor information of compressor circuit 1 m Threshold Running hour of this compressor when unit shows Compressor 1 Maintenance alarm m Reset Y Reset compressor running hours m Adjust Enter the running hours of this compressor This has to be done whenever soft ware or controller is changed 2 66 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 The Digital Controller This screen allows you to set the number of compressor starts
194. on setpoint The unit will go back to normal operation possibility to load up when the outlet temperature gets above freeze prevention setpoint diff Characteristics Freeze up prevention Control device Sensor 1 sensor at each evaporator outlet Diagram name Activation Outlet water temp lt Freeze prevention setpoint 3 C Result Load down compressor Reset Outlet water temp gt Freeze prevention setpoint diff 4 C Result Normal mode Anti freeze alarm When the evaporator outlet water temperature drops below Anti freeze alarm setpoint 2 C the Anti freeze protection is activated and the unit will shut down When the temperature rises above the Anti freeze setpoint diff 3 C it is possible to reset the Anti freeze alarm Characteristics Anti freeze alarm Control device Sensor 1 sensor at each evaporator outlet Diagram name Activation Outlet water temp lt Anti freeze setpoint 2 C for standard unit Result Unit disabled Result Manual reset Manual reset possible when outlet temp is above Anti freeze setpoint diff Remark In case of 2 evaporators each evaporator has its own Anti freeze alarm setpoints Part 2 Functional Description 2 89 Functional Control ESIE07 11 Function description Outlet Temp possible for the 4 C t compressor to upload possible to reset Freeze Prevention 3 C Antifreeze Alarm Setp
195. onents The table below lists the components No Component 1 Condenser coil 2 Evaporator 3 Evaporator water inlet 4 Evaporator water outlet 5 Victaulic connections for 219 1 O D tube 6 Operating and control panel 7 360x150 slot for power and control panel connection 8 4 lifting shackles 9 8 isolator mounting holes 25 mm DIA 10 Coil protection guards optional 11 Compressors enclosure optional Version Condenser type Weight KG Isolators load KG Shipping Operating A B c D E F G H EWAPC10AJYNN Aluminium EWAPC10AJYNN Acrylic coated 5995 6270 1065 1150 875 950 735 750 380 365 OPRN EWAPC10AJYNN Aluminium 6235 6510 1125 1210 935 1010 735 750 380 365 OPLN Acrylic coated EWAPC10AJYNN EWAPC10AJYNN OPRN Rubber isolators Type q ty 786010 m 4Pz 786010 w 4Pz EWAPC10AJYNN OPLN Part 1 System Outline 1 23 General Outline ESIE07 11 EWAPC11AJYNN The illustration below shows the outlook the dimensions and the installation and service space of the unit mm 2230 Control box E 8010 0 Optional right hand evaporator water Air discharge A 3 D s I Ag 7 gt See detail B U 7 _ 350 _ 685 Let 2225 80 2962 pe Frame oloore o isan olofojojojolojo See detail A 1800 a 3 Lora E Cr Ach Fan arrangements and minimum
196. onomizer The table below gives an overview of all the inputs and outputs of the expansion board Analog Input N Expansion BOARD 1 TYPE 1 SPARE se 2 SPARE a 3 SPARE wi 4 SPARE gt Digital Input N Expansion BOARD 1 1 SPARE 2 SPARE 3 SPARE 4 SPARE Analog Output N Expansion BOARD 1 1 SPARE Digital Output N Expansion BOARD 1 1 Economizer 1 2 Economizer 2 3 Economizer 3 4 Economizer 4 3 12 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE07 11 Procedure for Software Upload Download 3 Procedure for Software Upload Download 3 1 What is in This Chapter Overview This chapter contains the following topics Topic See page 3 2 Copy from the Software Key to pCO 3 14 3 3 Copy from pCO to the Software Key 3 15 3 4 Installation of Winload32 on the PC and Programming a Controller 3 16 3 5 Copy Software from WinLoad32 to the Software key 3 31 Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 13 Procedure for Software Upload Download ESIE07 11 3 2 Copy from the Software Key to pCO Switch off the pCO and remove the expansion memory cover with a screwdriver see Copy from pCO to the Software Key on page 3 15 Fig 1 Set the key selector on GD Insert the key in the corresponding pin connector as shown see Copy from pCO to the Software Key on page 3 15 Fig 2 Press the buttons UP and DOWN simultaneously and then supply power to the pCO Check if the LED on the key is on red color
197. ons 2 26 2 4 3 Main Menu 2 29 2 4 4 User Menu 2 34 2 4 5 Setting Menu 2 41 2 4 6 Input Output Menu 2 42 2 4 7 Manufacturer Menu 2 46 2 4 8 EXV Setting Menu 2 59 2 4 9 Maintenance Output Menu 2 63 2 4 10 Maintenance Input Menu 2 66 2 4 11 Service Menu 2 71 2 4 12 Alarm Menu 2 72 2 4 13 Buffer Alarm Menu 2 75 2 24 Part 2 Functional Description ESIEO07 11 The Digital Controller 2 4 1 General Description Introduction The display and the keypad are the main elements of the interface between the operator and the unit All the operational conditions the alarms and the setpoints can be monitored with this display and all the values of setpoint can be modified though the keypad Description The keypad MicroTech II constitutes 15 keys of access to the operational conditions of the unit and to the functions of the program Z DAIKIN Compressor off gg mm aa Compressor on OSS X Compressor Compressor 3 Status disabled or alarm Unit status Cooling staging Stp Source Compressor 4 Status Part 2 Functional Description 2 25 The Digital Controller ESIE07 11 2 4 2 Keypad Keys and their Functions menu A E 1 0 U set prog info a Es o 3 o prog User parameters by password it is possible to set the following p
198. operation range of water volume and water flow for proper operation of the unit Evaporator Condenser Chiller type Minimum water Minimum water Maximum water Minimum water Maximum water volume flow flow flow flow Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run 4 5 Pre Test Run Checks ESIE07 11 Evaporator Condenser The water pressure should not exceed the maximum working pressure of 10 bar 4 6 Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run ESIE07 11 Pre Test Run Checks 1 4 Water Pump Diagram Water pump The illustration below shows the water pump diagrams for the different pumps option OPSP or diagram OPTP EWAP AJYNN Total Hydraulic Lift M l s Note To have the useful hydraulic lift it is necessary to subtract the evaporator pressure drop to the total hydraulic lift mim olol O O O O U UO gt gt mimim o o jo o o o uvu uv gt Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run 4 7 Pre Test Run Checks ESIE07 11 1 5 Evaporator pressure drop Note Evaporator Pressure Drop EWAP AJYNN and EWAP AJYNN A The illustration below shows the water pressure drop through evaporator for EWAP AJYNN and EWAP AJYNN A C16 C17 C18 C16 A C17 A C18 A C13 C14 C1
199. or Stop the vacuum and purge with dry nitrogen Restart the vacuum of the installation check the condition of the vacuum oil after a couple of hours If OK the unit can be recharged Charge the unit with R407c Start the unit amp re commisioning After 24 hours replace the HD filter by a new HD filter amp replace the compressor oil Check oil contamination with measuring kit After 48 hours replace the HD filter by a normal filter drier check sight glass and pressures 3 Find the cause of this evaporator breakdown and take the necessary actions to prevent recurrence in the future 3 36 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE07 11 Procedure for the Changing and Configuration of the Display 6 Procedure for the Changing and Configuration of the Display 6 1 What Is in This Chapter Overview This chapter contains the following topics Topic See page 6 2 Changing the Display 3 38 6 3 Configuration Procedure for the pLan Settings 3 39 Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 37 Procedure for the Changing and Configuration of the Display ESIE07 11 6 2 Changing the Display To change the display proceed as follows Step Action 1 Switch off the power supplly to the chiller 2 Remove the old display 3 Put the dipswitches of the new display on the right address 4 Place the new display in the same way as the old display 3 38 Part 3 Troubleshooti
200. our way valve changes the refrigerant circuits from the heat recovery condenser to the condenser coil and switches on the respective fan motors In case of lack of water in the heat recovery condenser the unit automatically switches to cooling mode only Part 2 Functional Description 2 119 Functional Control ESIE07 11 3 28 Heat Recovery Microprocessor Set up Function The unit supplied with the heat recovery condensers is equipped with an additional microprocessor description TC10 see electric wiring diagram with two three or four steps to control the hot water temperature according to the number of heat exchangers installed in the unit one step for each compressor For reference on how to set this microprocessor refer to the specific manual supplied with the unit Below are important setup values for references refer to the microprocessor manual Item Description Setpoint Sti Inlet water temperature setpoint Max 50 St2 N A CO Operating Mode 1 P1 Differential Setpoint 2 P2 N A C4 Authority 0 5 C5 1 C6 0 C7 3 C8 5 C9 0 C10 0 C11 0 C12 20 C13 1 C14 0 C15 C16 100 C17 5 C18 0 C19 0 C21 30 C22 43 C23 N A C24 N A P25 8 P26 55 P27 2 P28 20 C29 4 C30 N A C31 0 C32 1 C33 0 C50 4 C51 0 2 120 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 Part 3 Troubleshooting Intro
201. owing screen will appear Set Compressor Stage C 1 ist C 2 2nd C 3 3rd C 4 4th The compressor timers are implemented to prevent too many compressor starts The time set for the compressor to start is 600 seconds This is to prevent breakdown of the compressor Min T Between Same Comp Starts Min T Between Diff Comp Starts Min Time Comp ON Min Time Comp OFF Part 2 Functional Description 2 101 Functional Control ESIE07 11 Function description Min time between same comp start lt a Min time comp ON Min time comp OFF gt lt gt Comp 1 Comp 1 Comp 1 Comp 1 ON OFF ON OFF Min time between diff comp starts gt Comp 1 Comp 1 Comp 2 Comp 2 ON OFF ON OFF 2 102 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 Functional Control 3 18 High Pressure Setback Introduction Function description This is a safety prevention function when the high pressure is near the high pressure switch setpoint The unit will hold the same capacity or will load down to prevent the unit from tripping on the high pressure switch or transducer high pressure alarm HP bar unit switched off by HP switch HP Switch 21 5b load down area P Down Cond 18 5 b hold capacity area P Hold Cond 17 5b Time m Hold capacity area if the HP is above the P hold cond setpoint default 17 5 bar the compressor will hold the same capacity no load up possible
202. p 2 Program Files C svenska C temp EC visual test shell 60 winnt LB Compact Disc D aP scan on 192 168 200 50 H Li ee 5 Shortcut to WinLoad32 C Winload for R5485 converter USB connection Shortcut AA E 2 Press a jar OOO o wto Properties EE l Poly p y General Shortcut Security Sa 3 Press OK E sam R A MECZE 4KB Setup Information 16 06 21 es n ES 19KB System file 16 06 21 Target type Application 8KB Security Catalog 10 04 21 y SKB Setup Information 16 06 21 Target location Carel 1KB Configuration Settings 10 04 21 Target EXCarelWinLoad32 exe C carel upload EAY 40S KB Application 10 04 21 1KB Configuration Settings 10 04 21 25KB System file 10 06 21 8KB Virtual device driver 10 06 21 SS KB System file 16 06 21 69KB System file 10 06 21 2KB Setup Information 10 04 21 10KB Virtual device driver 10 04 21 23KB Application Extension 20 05 21 48KB Application Extension 11 06 21 2KB Text Document 16 06 21 1KB Shortcut 2707 21 362KB WinZip File 5 11 20 1 279KB Application zejizja 1KB CFGFile 9 02 20 1 279KB Application 22 12 21 pI w Location C Carel 466 bytes E My Computer A de CARAS 3 4 Gre y Are Du El wien Sw far Ma o 56 so Part 3 Troubleshooting 3 25 Procedure for Software Upload Download ESIE07 11
203. quires improved energy efficiency tighter temperature control wider range of operating conditions and incorporate new features like remote monitoring and diagnostics the application of electronic expansion valves becomes mandatory EWAD BJ electronic expansion valve proposes features that makes it unique short opening and closing time high resolution positive shut off function to eliminate use of additional solenoid valve highly linear flow capacity continuous modulation of mass flow without stress in the refrigerant circuit and corrosion resistance stainless steel body Heat recovery Condensers are shell and clearable through tube types Standard configuration is 2 passes The unit condensers has independent exchangers one per circuit completely assembled Each heat recovery condenser has a carbon steel and seamless integrally finned high efficiency copper tubes roll expanded into heavy carbon steel tube sheets Water heads are removable and include vent and drain plugs Condensers are equipped spring loaded relief valves Condenser is designed to comply with PED Waterside working pressure is designed for 10 5 bar Standard configuration on water connection side is 2 passes The installer has to supply the water header connection for all heat recovery condensers installed on the unit both at the entering and leaving water connections and provide the flow switch All the heat recovery condenser must be connected together in parall
204. r high pressure alarm 06 000 cece tect eee eee 2 109 transducer low pressure alarm 1 2 0 ete eee eee 2 110 prestart system checklists o z 4 dap ON A ee ae eh aes e Ao ae A 3 56 procedure for the changing and configuration of the display oooooccoccoccoocon 3 37 procedure to clean the refrigerant circuit in case of frozen evaporators 22241111 3 36 procedure to protect compressor in case of frozen evaporator 2 6 eee eee 3 34 S software upload download copy from pCO to the software key uuaaaaaaaaaaa aa eee 3 15 copy from the software key topCO ooooccoccccccocc eee 3 14 copy software from WinLoad32 to the software key uuaaaaaaaaaaa aaa aa aaa oo 3 31 installation of Winload32 on the PC and programming a controller 3 16 sound level data sy cece ten oo a GAT ek ay no Ef dad ci 1 81 system maintenance ar cooled condenser condensing coil 00 cece eect tet 5 6 compressor maintenance serere is nia ees ee eee nee dda pe eee eae ee oe ae Ped 5 4 Condenser collfans cnc sees aka ke a Gael ad aan 5 6 crankcase and oil separator heaters 06 tet teens 5 6 Electrical control caro add A Ad a a 5 4 electronic expansion valve oooocoocco cc 5 5 evaporator ee tay ae E teas Lae ee O a ee ieee Ta 5 5 filter dyer S NR 5 5 heat recovery condensers unisset e a d A a 94 a pa a a aos a A 4 ditaa 5 5 lubricating Oli id ATA A Ay rene A ae AOS 5 6 refrige
205. r while pressing it thrice removes the alarm Remark Sometimes when an alarm occurs another spurious alarm of star delta transition failure also occurs In this case solve the spurious alarm first If the spurious alarm occurs again check the electrical connections If the alarm is not removed even after pressing the alarm key again it means that faulty conditions still exist alarm Key 0 Password NO Switching between control board 1 and 2 info Alarm screen This screen shows you the actual alarm AL 16 Compressor 1 Overload m AL 16 Alarm code m U 1 Alarm on controller board 1 m Compressor 1 Overload Alarm description with indication of circuit Alarm menu on If compressor 3 or 4 is present you can scroll between control board 1 comp 1 and 2 and control control board 2 board 2 comp 3 and 4 comp 3 and 4 When you press the info button the following screen will appear for control board 2 m Alarm screen see page 2 72 2 72 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 The Digital Controller The following table displays a list of possible alarms with the identifier number the cause and the reset type A auto M manual Alarm Alarm cause Reset 001 Phase monitor Intervention of the device control of M phases The phases are not correctly sequenced or the supply volta
206. r2k sys SSKB System file 16 06 21 BC Simulation boards Rees SYS 69KB System file 10 06 21 S test 3 FTSERMOU 2KB Setup Information 10 04 21 BHO Training S FTSERMOU VXD 10KB Virtual device driver 10 04 21 C Training C520 FTSERUI DLL 23KB Application Extension 20 05 21 C Trane BZ ftserui2 d 48KB Application Extension 11 06 21 CJ Trane manual j README 2KB Text Document 16 06 21 C travel reports Shortcut to WinLoad32 1KB Shortcut 9 02 20 5 my computer USB 485Driver_R10901 362KB WinZip File 5 11 20 E Local Disk C _JWinLoad32 EASY ONLY 1 279KB Application 22 12 21 BC Apps s WinLoad32 cfg 1KB CFGFie 902 201 cz a BMSCONFIGBN 2 1 279KB Application 22 2 2 1 Goto the Carel folder El gt ima Appa Size 124WB 2 Open Winload32 1 24 M8 E my computer Asor 6 21M Je BAIG Ger Verdonk mb BJCACarel SQFECG4 OM 22 y iix Go to the tab Application Open the Carel_upload folder to activate e Modified oxic 3 If OK you will see the files that are in the Carel_upload folder Sas 8 a test File Logs Editor oo Se Or C Trane 87 1 Aookcaica lios Boot Pubie Variables Log Project S C Trane manual 3 O travel reports ce Ci E my Computer 2 E Local Disk C CJ Apps BC BMSCONFIGEN BMSCONFIGMB CI BMSCONFIGMB2 J Burning software SY Carel EC Documents and es c JJ enable E Lotus notes Art NEM C Overzetten Lapt C Program Files QI svenska LINE C temp pe 2 BC vil
207. rantSightalaSS w oan gate ia ll A Me as da cn 5 4 LON emy A A A A A A da ees iaa 5 6 T technical specifications EWAPEAUNNNE umo z IO e Shara oe Nata BOLD 1 4 EWAPEAJYNNIA 0 cora ra A a a il ad eee 1 8 troubleshooting Cha stan sew ae A A A A A Ee SS 3 50 Index ESIE07 11 W 4 12 water flow and pressure drop precautions 1 2 2 0 00 a Water piping CHECK 2x imss dol tkwi sia Sage LALA dle aed elle bbe dle wean te 4 5 Water pump diagram 2 575 A nash Gane Wane A AA Sey ees AAA A OSY 4 7 3 4 what to do in the event of an alarm Index
208. rators 3 36 6 Procedure for the Changing and Configuration of the Display 6 1 Whatls 0 This Gnapter a wad a NA pair padece 3 37 6 2 Changing the Display eee esee esse aaa aaa e 3 38 6 3 Configuration Procedure for the pLan Settings 42111221112112 3 39 7 Procedure for the Changing and Configuration of the PCO I O Board 7 1 What ls in This Chapter s awa aa EE da 3 41 7 2 Changing the PCO Controller ecceeceeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeaeeeneeeeeeteeeeeaees 3 42 Table of Contents iii ESIE07 11 8 Procedure for the Changing of the Electronic Expansion Valve Driver 8 1 What is in This Chapter eeeeee eee eee aaa aaa 3 43 8 2 Changing the Expansion Valve Driver cccccseseeeceseeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeaes 3 44 9 Procedure for the Changing and Configuration of the Expansion I O Board Optional 9 1 What is in This Chapter ee ee sue seea enea aaa 3 45 9 2 Changing the PCO Expansion Board s2 ssseeesaaasaaacaacecae 3 46 10 Manual Upload or Download Control Test Procedure 10 1 What is in This Chapter eeeeee sue e eee aaa aaa crac crac 3 47 10 2 Manual Upload or Download Control Test Procedure 3 48 11 Troubleshooting Chart 11 1 What is in This Chapter eeeeee sue seea eee aaa aaa 3 49 11 2 Troubleshooting Chart eeee eee e eee an ta
209. reen allows you to set the minimum and maximum setpoint limits setpoint limits ChLWT Temperature Setpoint Limits Low High m Low Minimum chilled outlet water temperature setpoint you can enter in the setting menu MOW m High Maximum chilled outlet water temperature setpoint you can enter in the setting menu Probes enable This screen allows you to enable or disable the analog inputs screen Probes enable BI B2 Y Bora BSEM B6 Y BK B9 Y BOY m U 1 Analog inputs of control board 1 m Bx Y Analog input x is enabled m Bx N Analog input x is disabled Remark When using setpoint override 4 20 mA probe B3 has to be enabled When using demand limit probe B8 has to be enabled 2 68 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 The Digital Controller Expansion board probe screen Controller probes offset Time to down load compressor Reload and re unload comp This screen allows you to enable or disable the analog input from the expansion board This screen is only visible when the unit has an expansion board units A and Z The ambient sensor which can be connected to the expansion board analog input B1 is used for setpoint reset OAT This sensor is not standard SPN unit EXP Probes enable BER EXP Probes Offs B1 Offs m B1 Y Analog input is enabled m B1 N Analog input is disabled m B1 Offs Offset of sensor B1 adjust if needed These screens allow yo
210. regulation on condensing pressure setpoints m Type Steps Fan regulation with on off fans steps VFD Fan regulation with phase cut fans only in units with OPFS SPEEPTR Fan regulation with 1 VFD fan and all other fans on off only in units with OPLA m Fan Steps Number of on off fan steps in the unit Possible settings 1 4 Fan settings for These screens are not visible when VFD is selected option OPLA These screens allow you to set the setpoints of the different fan steps of a circuit These settings are applicable for all circuits The fan settings for an OPLA unit is a combination of on off fan steps and one VFD fan Condensation Fan Step N 1 Setpoint 00 0 bar Diff 00 0 bar m Fanstep N Number of this fan step m Setpoint Setpoint of fanstep at this setpoint this fan step will switch on m Diff Differential of fanstep to switch off this fan step setpoint diff Part 2 Functional Description 2 51 The Digital Controller ESIE07 11 This screen can be found in each fan step present in the unit VFD fan has other setpoints see next screen Each fan step has its own setpoint and diff setting See Table below for fan step settings Setpoint Diff Available Steps Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 1 17 0 4 0 2 17 0 3 0 20 0 3 0 3 17 0 3 0 19 0 3 0 20 0 3 0 4 17 0 3 0 19 0 3 0 20 0 3 0 21 0 3 0 Fan step settings These screens are not visib
211. river hardware and software version Driver Firmware Version H W S W m C 1 Driver firmware version of circuit 1 m H W Hardware version of the EEV driver m S W Software version of the EEV driver Driver Firmware Version H W S W m C 2 Driver firmware version of circuit 2 m H W Hardware version of the EEV driver m S W Software version of the EEV driver If the compressor 3 or 4 are present you can scroll between control board 1 comp 1 and 2 and control board 2 comp 3 and 4 with the info button When you press the info button the following screens will appear for control board 2 Software see page 2 42 Digital inputs and outputs see page 2 42 Analog inputs see page 2 43 Analog outputs see page 2 44 Boot Bios info see page 2 45 Driver firmware version see page 2 45 Part 2 Functional Description 2 45 The Digital Controller ESIE07 11 2 4 7 Manufacturer Menu Operational Using this menu you can set all manufacturer data Password is required to enter this menu The information parameters can only be modified by trained individuals Key menu prog Password blue 10 Switching between control board 1 and 2 info Warning Improper setpoints or values can cause erratic chiller operation and damage to the chiller Please use caution whenever changing setpoints or values Expansion val
212. rs 6 Check the electrical circuits and are tripped motor windings for shorts or grounds Investigate for possible overloading Check for loose or corroded connections Reset breakers or replace fuses after fault is corrected Compressor will 7 Unit phase voltage monitor is not 7 Check unit power wiring to unit not run tee satisfied for correct phasing Check voltage 8 Compressor overload is tripped 8 Overloads are manual reset Reset overload at button on overload 9 Compressor contactor or 9 Check wiring Repair or replace contactor coil is defective contactor 10 System was shut down by safety 10 Determine the type and cause of devices the shutdown and correct the problem before attempting to restart 11 There is no cooling required 11 Check control settings Wait until unit calls for cooling 12 There is motor electrical trouble 12 See 6 7 8 above 13 There is loose wiring 13 Check circuits for voltage at required points Tighten all power wiring terminals 3 50 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE07 11 Troubleshooting Chart Compressor overload relay tripped or circuit breaker trip or fuses blown There is low voltage during high load condition There is loose power wiring There is a power line fault causing unbalanced voltage There is defective or grounded wiring in the motor There is high discharge pressure Check the supply voltage for excessive voltage drop Check an
213. s a high quality installation and operation of the units What is in this part This part contains the following chapters Chapter See page 1 Pre Test Run Checks 4 3 Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run 4 1 ESIE07 11 4 2 Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run ESIE07 11 Pre Test Run Checks 1 Pre Test Run Checks 1 1 What Is in This Chapter Introduction This chapter contains checks you have to carry out before every test run Overview This chapter contains the following topics Topic See page 1 2 General Checks 4 4 1 3 Water Piping Checks 4 5 1 4 Water Pump Diagram 4 7 1 5 Evaporator Pressure Drop EWAP AJYNN and EWAP AJYNN A 4 8 1 6 Pressure Drop for Partial Heat Recovery 4 10 1 7 Pressure Drop for Full Heat Recovery 4 11 1 8 Water Flow and Pressure Drop Precautions 4 12 1 9 Electrical Checks 4 13 Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run 4 3 Pre Test Run Checks ESIE07 11 1 2 General Checks Checklist The table below contains the general checklist Step Check whether 1 There is external damage 2 The unit is properly supported and or has a proper foundation 3 The unit is installed horizontally with a deviation of maximum 1 4 Anti vibration pads are required 5 Check for remaining metal dust of burrs Metal dust or burrs from grinding or drilling in the metal parts during construct
214. s follows 1 Evacuate the refrigerant system by the vacuum pump reaching the value of 200 Pa 1 5 mm Hg 2 Break the vacuum with nitrogen until the atmospheric pressure is reached 3 Repeat operation 1 and 2 two times 4 Evacuate the refrigerant system reaching the value of 66 5 Pa The dry nitrogen used to break the vacuum will absorb all moisture and air left in the system which will be almost completely removed by the three evacuations If burnt oil or sludge are found in the refrigerant circuit caused by the compressor motor burn out before the vacuum operation it will be necessary to carefully clean the system using the filter dryer clean out method This basically involves the use of special filter dryers including a suitable desiccant in both the liquid and suction lines Excessive refrigerant losses can also cause leak of oil from the system Check the oil level during operation and ensure that oil is visible in the top sight glass of the oil separator 1 If the unit is slightly undercharged it will show bubbles in the sight glass Recharge the unit 2 Ifthe unit is moderately undercharged it will most likely trip on freeze protection Recharge the unit as described in the charging procedure below Procedure to charge a moderately undercharged EWAP AJ unit 1 Ifa unitis low on refrigerant you must first determine the cause before attempting to recharge the unit Locate and repair any refrigerant leaks Evidence of oil is a go
215. s screen allows you to set the compressor unit configuration Compressors Config N of Compressors N of Evaporators m N ofCompressors Number of compressors in the unit m N ofEvaporators Number of evaporators in the unit This line is visible only when the number of compressors is gt 2 These screens allow you to set the compressor timers Min T between some Comp Start Min T between diff Comp Start Min Time Compressor ON Min Time Compressor OFF Part 2 Functional Description 2 47 The Digital Controller ESIE07 11 Interstage timer Pressure safety prevention High discharge alarm Flow switch alarm This screen allows you to set the interstage time and the double pulse setpoint Interstage Time Double Pulse Under m Interstage Time Interstage time used for temperature regulation m Double Pulse under Double load pulses are given below setpoint These screens allow you to set the high and low pressure safety preventions m Cond P Hold Condenser pressure hold capacity m Cond P Down Condenser pressure load down m Evap P Hold Evaporator pressure hold capacity m Evap P Down Evaporator pressure load down This screen allows you to set the discharge temperature alarm setpoint Disch Temp Alarm Setpoint Remark discharge temperature delivery temperature PT1000 sensor in oil separator This screen allows you to set the flow switch al
216. sage to the previous display screen ol lol lo down It allows the passage to the next display screen o J a It enables the set values Part 2 Functional Description 2 27 The Digital Controller ESIE07 11 Using the keypad it is possible to access the different sections of the program In particular there are 9 screen categories shown in the following table with the keys to use to access them and with the type of operation they allow Category Description Keys Password Main Operating parameters ane NO access output User Parameters setting by prod 0003 user input gt Setpoint setting Setting input output set NO Compressors working Input Output parameters display 1 0 NO output Manufacturer Manufacturer parameters setting menu prog blue EL 10 input EXV Setting EN working parameter menu prog 0013 settings input AAA AAA Maintenance Maintenance parameter NO Output access output Maintenance Maintenance parameter gt Input access input j Service Service input menu Yellow blue alarm Alarm Alarms output E NO Alarm Storage of last 10 alarm history alarms output on NO Part
217. sing pressure setpoint to be reached with a maximum time y Transition confirmation within 10 s NO COMPRESSOR ALARM 008 Transition fault A A Line relay opening Y 8 s compressor unloading Y Compressor enabled to load 2 80 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 Functional Control Unit shutdown Compressors start up and loading management 4 compressors Unit Shutdown request Compressors shutdown see compressors shutdown in startup and management procedure vO Flow switch opening within 180 s user set A A Evaporator pump shutdown UNIT ALARM 005 Evap Flow Alarm Step n Leader Comp Lag 1 Comp Lag 2 Comp Lag 3 Comp 0 Off Off Off Off 1 If T SetP lt Start up DT amp Cooling or SetP T lt Start up DT amp Heating Waiting 2 Start Off Off Off 3 Load up to 75 Off Off Off 4 If T in Regulation Band Wait interstage time 5 If T is approaching SetP Waiting 6a T in unload Unload up to 50 Start Off Off band 6b T not in unload Fixed at 75 Start Off Off band 6 Fixed at 75 or Load up to 50 Off Off 50 7 If leader at 50 Load up to 75 Fixed at 50 Off Off 8 Fixed at 75 Load up to 75 Off Off 9 If T in Regulation Band Wait interstage time 10 If T is approaching SetP Waiting 10a T in unload Fixed at 75 Unload up to
218. sor communication is selected supervisor Protocol CAREL Supervisor Com Speed 19200 RS485 only Identificat No m Protocol CAREL For BACnet communication with gateway LONWORKS Direct communication to BMS Xif pre loaded MODBUS Direct communication to BMS MODEM m Com speed 19200 RS485 only 9600 RS485 only 4800 RS485 RS422 2400 RS485 RS422 1200 RS485 RS422 m Identification No Number address of the chiller in the BMS system Language This screen allows you to select the language of the controller Choose Language ENGLISH m Possible settings ENGLISH FRENCH GERMAN ITALIAN SPANISH Change user This screen allows you to change the user password password Change User Password 2 40 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 The Digital Controller 2 4 5 Setting Menu Operational information Cooling setpoint Double setpoint Actual setpoint Using this menu it is possible to set and display the setpoint values Key set Password NO Remark Setting menu is only present on control board 1 This screen allows you to change the cooling setpoint The setpoint can be selected between the chilled water setpoint limits as specified in the maintenance menu Cooling Setpoint This screen is only visible when the function double setpoint is enabled in the user menu This screen allows you to change the cooli
219. ssor 2 Unload Compressor 4 12 Evaporator water pump 13 Unit Alarm 14 Liquid Injection 2 Liquid Injection 4 15 Liquid Line 2 Liquid Line 4 16 First step fan 2 First step fan 4 17 Second step fan 2 Second step fan 4 18 Third step fan 2 Third step fan 4 Notes If Thermostatic expansion valve is used Fourth step fan 1 if electronic expansion valve is used If Thermostatic expansion valve is used Fourth step fan 2 if electronic expansion valve is used If Thermostatic expansion valve is used Fourth step fan 3 if electronic expansion valve is used If Thermostatic expansion valve is used Fourth step fan 4 if electronic expansion valve is used 3 10 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE07 11 Checking the Inputs and Outputs 2 5 List of Analog Outputs The table below gives an overview of all the analog outputs N BOARD 1 BOARD 4 2 1 VFD output signal 1 VFD output signal 3 2 Second VFD output signal 1 Second VFD output signal 3 3 SPARE SPARE 4 VFD output signal 2 VFD output signal 4 5 Second VFD output signal 2 Second VFD output signal 4 6 SPARE SPARE Part 3 Troubleshooting Checking the Inputs and Outputs ESIE07 11 2 6 List of Input and Output Channels of the Expansion Board 1 Option Ec
220. ssures Evap Press 00 0 bar g Evap Temp 00 0 C Cond Press 00 0 bar y Cond Temp 00 0 C m EvapPress Evaporating Pressure m Evap Temp Evaporating Temperature m CondPress Condensing Pressure m Cond Temp Condensing Temperature Part 2 Functional Description 2 31 The Digital Controller ESIE07 11 Refrigerant This screen shows the refrigerant temperatures temperatures Suction Temp Suct Superheat Deliv Superheat Valve Position m Suction Temp Suction Temperature m Suct Superheat Suction Superheat m Deliv Superheat Discharge Superheat m Valve Position Position of the electronic expansion valve O Fully closed 2600 Fully open Alco EXV8 Load request This screen shows the load request of this circuit Staging Up Staging Down Staging Fixed Compressor Off m Staging Up PID requests a load up of this circuit m Staging Down PID requests a load down of this circuit m Staging Fixed No actions are needed m Compressor Off Compressor is switched off Comp 2 information The following screens will appear for compressor 2 see previous screens m Compressor status m Refrigerant pressures m Refrigerant temperatures E Load request 2 32 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 The Digital Controller Water temperatures f 2 evaporators are present you can scroll between circuits 1 2 evap 1 and circuits 3 4 evap
221. st ESIE07 11 12 2 Prestart System Checklist Yes No N A Chilled water Piping complete Water system filled vented Pump installed rotation checked strainers cleaned Controls 3 way valves face and bypass dampers bypass valves etc operable Water system operated and flow balanced to meet unit design require ments Heat recovery condensers Piping and headers complete Water system filled vented Temperature sensors installed in the water pockets Pump installed rotation checked strainers cleaned Controls 3 way valves face and bypass dampers bypass valves etc operable Water system operated and flow balanced to meet unit design require ments Electrical Power leads connected to starter All interlock wiring compete between control panel and complies with specification Pump starter and interlock wired Wiring complies with local codes Miscellaneous Thermometer wells thermometers gauges control wells controls etc installed Minimum system load of 60 or machine capacity available for testing Adjusting controls 3 56 Part 3 Troubleshooting ESIE07 11 Part 4 Commissioning and Test Run Introduction Commissioning and test runs are well known practices in service engineering This part contains a systematic approach on test run checks and test values which guarantee
222. sure optional Version Condenser type Weight KG Isolators load KG Shipping Operating A B C D E F G H EWAP950AJYNN A Aluminium EWAP950AJYNN A Acrylic coated 6490 6760 1115 1195 900 970 685 735 560 600 OPRN EWAP950AJYNN A Aluminium 6730 7000 1175 1255 960 1030 685 735 560 600 OPLN Acrylic coated EWAP950AJYNN A EWAP950AJYNN A OPRN Rubber isolators Type q ty 786010 m 4Pz 786010 w 4Pz EWAP950AJYNN A OPLN Part 1 System Outline 1 43 General Outline ESIE07 11 EWAPC10AJYNN A The illustration below shows the outlook the dimensions and the installation and service space of the unit mm 2230 3810 40 Control box Air discharge 6 a EA EA i Optional right hand evaporator water U NE vapora or water O 2520 See detail B EA 579 2225 80 2065 Lso Frame O 1300 1300 FOTOTOTOTOTOTOTOPOLOG sap See detail A gt ojojojoflofoftofolo S 1800 R EH E aL Fan arrangements and minimum 8 uae clearance requirements a da ch da ch HUD Foo oy 6P gl Lo 2050 2930 1500 Detail A rubber isolator Isolators location Fixing bolt not furnished R 2191 Detail B Concrete footing MZO qe Victaulic
223. sword password Change Driver Password 2 62 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 The Digital Controller 2 4 9 Maintenance Output Menu Operational Using this menu you can read out all the maintenance parameters information Key L Password NO Switching between 2 control board 1 and 2 info Evaporator pump This screen shows you the total evaporator pump running hours hours Hour Counter Pump Evap 000000 Compressor This screen shows you the total running hours of a compressor and the number of compressor starts running data Compressor CHI Hour Counter 000000 Number of Starts 00002 m C 1 Compressor running data of compressor 1 m Hour Counter Total running hours of this compressor m Number of Starts Total number of compressor starts This screen shows you the last compressor start and compressor stop Last Comp Start DD MM YY Last Comp Stop DD MM YY Part 2 Functional Description 2 63 The Digital Controller ESIE07 11 Cooling PID errors Cooling PID actions This screen shows you the EXV driver battery state EXV Driver State Batt Resist Batt Voltage m C 1 EXV driver state of circuit 1 m Batt Resist Battery resistance m Batt Voltage Battery voltage Remark Same compressor running data screens 3 previous screens will be displayed for compressor 2 C 2 This screen shows the cooling PID errors used for the
224. t Values m U 2 Reset all parameters on control board 2 a Y Reset all parameters of this control board to the default values 2 58 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 The Digital Controller 2 4 8 EXV Setting Menu Operational Using this menu you can set all EXV parameters The parameters can only be modified by trained information individuals EXV Setting Insert Password Password 0013 Switching between con trol board 1 and 2 info Warning screen These screens show you the warnings of the EXV driver EXV Settings 1 NO WARNINGS EXV Settings 2 NO WARNINGS Actual Manual These screens show you the actual EXV position and allows you to manually control the EXV positions EXV Settings 1 Actual Position Manual Position En EXV Manual EXV Settings 4 Actual Position Manual Position En EXV Manual m EXV Setting Indicates the EXV settings from circuit 1 or 2 3 or 4 m Actual Position Actual position of the expansion valve m Manual Position Setpoint in EXV manual mode for the expansion value m En EXV Manual Auto Automatic expansion regulation Manual Manual control of the expansion valve only during troubleshooting Part 2 Functional Description 2 59 The Digital Controller ESIE07 11 EXV type Opening Closing extra steps Superheat setpoint EXV PID factors This screen allows you to set the valve type and gas type
225. t after a power failure description m When the Auto restart is enabled the unit will automatically restart after the power failure m When the Auto restart is disabled the unit will not automatically restart after the power failure The unit needs to be restarted manually This function can be enabled disabled in the user menu Autorestart After Power Failure 2 96 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 Functional Control 3 13 Liquid Injection Function description Lig Inj ON Lig Inj OFF del Temp Oil Temp 75 C 85 C m When the oil temperature PT1000 del temp is higher than 85 C default the liquid injection will be activated m When the oil temperature decreases to 75 the liquid injection will be disabled Liquid Injection Setpoint Diff Part 2 Functional Description 2 97 Functional Control ESIE07 11 3 14 Economizer Function This economizer function is only present on the EWAD650 C21BJYNN A and EWAD600 C10BJYNN Z units Function description Economizer ON OFF Compressor Capacity 75 90 m When the compressor capacity reaches 90 the economizer will be activated m When the economizer is active and the compressor capacity drops to 75 the economizer will be deactivated Enable Economizer Economizer ON Economizer OFF 2 98 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 Functional Control 3 15 EXV Pre Opening
226. t difference Part 2 Functional Description 2 49 The Digital Controller ESIE07 11 Compressor This screen allows you to set the compressor load and unload pulses load unload pulses Number of Pulses to Load Comp 015 Number of Pulses to Unload Comp 015 Unloading This screen allows you to set the unloading parameters parameters Unloading Pulse Time Min Pulse Period Max Pulse Period m Pulse Time Time of the unload pulses m Min Pulse Period Minimum time between two unload pulses m Max Pulse Period Maximum time between two unload pulses Warning Verify during commissioning Loading This screen allows you to set the loading parameters parameters Loading Pulse Time Min Pulse Period Max Pulse Period m Pulse Time Time of the load pulses m Min Pulse Period Minimum time between two load pulses m Max Pulse Period Maximum time between two load pulses Warning Verify during commissioning 2 50 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 The Digital Controller Pump down This screen allows you to set the pump down parameters pump down at shut down configuration m Enable N Pump down is disabled Y Pump down is enabled m Max Time Maximum time of pump down function m MinPress Minimum pressure during pump down function Fan configuration This screen allows you to set the fan setup of the unit Condensation m Enable PRES Fan
227. t of using the ambient mode is that the unit will be used more efficiently and that the modified setpoint will be displayed under the normal setpoint The OAT setpoint parameters and function can be set in the user menu This function is only available when the optional pCOe expansion board is present This is because the ambient sensor is connected to this pCOe Function description Actual Setpoint Setpoint diff 3 Local or Dual Setpoint Ambient Temp Max Reset No Reset 27 C 35 C OAT chWT Reset Setpoint Diff Max Reset No Reset m Above 35 C Ambient Temperature there is no reset The unit will operate with the local or dual setpoint m Between 27 C and 35 C Ambient Temperature the unit will change the actual setpoint according to the offset m Below 27 C Ambient Temperature the unit will operate with actual setpoint equal to the local or dual setpoint setpoint diff 2 86 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 Functional Control Explanation When the load of the unit drops by drop in outdoor temperature then the setpoint will be changed upwards by the setpoint diff value Because of this the unit will evaporate at a higher temperature and the performance of the unit will be better Remark When you use the OAT setpoint reset the actual setpoint will show in the setting menu Part 2 Functional Description 2 87 Functional Control ESIE
228. temperature is Max loading pulse far from set point 4 time If temperature is close to set point Pulse stand by Evap water leaving Part 2 Functional Description 2 107 Functional Control ESIE07 11 3 21 Pump Down Configuration at Compressor Stop Introduction When the unit is switched off local remote thermostat the pump down procedure will be executed Function Pump down procedure description m request to shut down compressor m close electronic expansion valve m stop compressor or when one of the two conditions is met m max time of pump down 30 seconds m LP is below 2 5 bar 2 108 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 Functional Control 3 22 Pressure Safeties 3 22 1 Transducer high pressure alarm Introduction This is a software safety function When the high pressure is near to the high pressure switch setpoint the unit will shut down and trip on the transducer high pressure alarm Function description m When the pressure is above the HP setpoint the unit will go into HP alarm m When the high pressure alarm is activated and the HP sinks below the HP setpoint diff it is possible to reset the transducer high pressure alarm m When the high pressure rises above the high pressure switch setpoint 29 5 bar the unit will go into alarm and a manual reset on the high pressure switch is needed Part 2 Functional Description 2 109 Functional Control ESIE
229. temperature regulations Cooling PID Errors Prop 00 0 C Int 0000 0 C x sec Der 000 0 C min m Prop Proportional error read out m Int Integral error read out m Der Derivation error read out This screen shows the cooling PID actions Cooling PID Act Proportional Integral Derivative Read out of the calculated PID actions Cooling Reg Disable Stop Increase Stop 2 64 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 The Digital Controller Global PID request Maintenance password Maintenance read out menu on control board 2 comp 3 and 4 This screen shows you the global PID request Global PID Request Load Unload Stand by N No load requested Y Load requested N No unload requested Y Unload requested m Stand by N No stand by requested Y Stand by requested Remark Only one action can be requested at a time This screen allows you to enter the maintenance password Digit maintenance password If compressor 3 or 4 is present you can scroll between control board 1 comp 1 and 2 and control board 2 comp 3 and 4 When you press the info button the following screens will appear for control board 2 m Compressor running data screens for comp 3 see page 2 63 m Compressor running data screens for comp 4 see page 2 63 m Maintenance password screen see page 2 65 Part 2 Functional Descripti
230. tes Tools Help E Back M E Report Notepad Igi xl eport created by Carel winLoad32 Rel Folders 09 02 2005 File 16 11 200 START WINLOAD32 File 16 11 200 ON LINE BOOT REL 3 01 DATE APR 15 2002 pa AZ gt gt gt gt gt TIMEOUT WAITING FOR BIOS INFO File 16 11 200 DEVICE TYPE pco File 16 11 200 START UPLOAD BOOT File 21 07 200 gt gt gt checked file C carel_upload soot pco2 ver301 bin 114 WARNING fn File 11 06 200 111 BIOS UPLOAD REQUIRED Fie 16 11 200 gt gt gt erasing flash File 10 12 200 gt gt gt OK lt lt lt gt gt gt witing flash Document 9 02 2005 gt gt gt OK OK UPLOAD COMPLETED SUCCESSFULLY lt lt lt END WAITING FOR pCO RESTARTING ON LINE BOOT REL 3 01 DATE APR 15 2002 gt gt gt gt gt _ TIMEOUT WAITING FOR BIOS INFO DEVICE TYPE pco START UPLOAD BIOS 111 DIFFERENT BIOS AREA OCCUPIED 111 APPLICATION UPLOAD REQUIRED gt gt gt checked file C carel_upload Bios pco2 ver357 bin gt gt gt erasing flash gt gt gt OK lt lt lt gt gt gt writing flash gt gt gt OK gt gt gt OK UPLOAD COMPLETED SUCCESSFULLY lt lt lt END UPLOAD BIOS LN BIOS REL 3 57 DATE JUL 19 2004 DEVICE TYPE pco START UPLOAD APPLICATION dale Please check that you have 4 times 4 UPLOAD COMPLETED SUCCESSFULLY ES Scenic a cO e O
231. the unit mm 40 t Air discharge 2230 Control box E Lape i Fj uN A 45 7 2200 ap 3515 2360 Frame 1800 Optional right hand evaporator water vs 2520 See detail B 3180 L 2200 al 80 80 ojojo Oo O O O O O 180D 150D r lololo fofo o O O O See detail A 1800 al ES 1 Gr Ech Ge Arh Fan arrangements and minimum 1 UN UN Co WEJ A 2 clearance requirements s TL rh CEL HA HEF FE gE ep i 870 2930 2930 1500 Detail A rubber isolator Isolators location Fixing bolt not furnished m Detail B Concrete footing 3 1 D 13 N 4 holes 184 Victaulic coupling furnished Connecting pipe furnished 1 42 Part 1 System Outline ESIE07 11 General Outline Components The table below lists the components No Component 1 Condenser coil 2 Evaporator 3 Evaporator water inlet 4 Evaporator water outlet 5 Victaulic connections for 219 1 O D tube 6 Operating and control panel 7 360x150 slot for power and control panel connection 8 8 lifting shackles 9 8 isolator mounting holes 25 mm DIA 10 Coil protection guards optional 11 Compressors enclo
232. the fins during cleaning Besides lubricating the bearing and other moving parts the oil has the equally important task of sealing the clearances between the rotors and other potential leakage paths thereby improving pumping efficiency the oil also assists in dissipating the heat of compression The amount of oil injected is therefore well in excess of that required for lubrication alone To reduce the oil circulation in the refrigerant circuit the oil separator is installed on the compressor discharge line Lubricating oil approved for use with the compressor used in this type of unit is POE Emkarate RL68H The oil pressure transducer monitors the oil injection pressure on the compressor If the oil pressure value is below the setting point inside the microprocessor control the compressor stops The oil pressure is generated by discharge pressure a minimum discharge pressure must be maintained This minimum pressure increases as the suction pressure increases in order to maintain the pressure difference required The function of the Oil separator heaters is to prevent oil dilution with refrigerant during compressor shutdown which would cause foaming and consequent reduction in lubricating oil flow to the moving parts Electric heaters are energised every time the compressor shuts down Warning Verify if the heaters have been energised at least 12 hours prior to the start up Refrigerant charging EWAP AJ air cooled screw chill
233. tion checks and actions Remarks Check the refrigerant circuit m If the unit leaks contact your dealer The table below contains the water checks Inspection checks and actions Remarks Check the water condition m Drain the water from the air release plug m If the water is dirty replace all the water in the system Dirty water causes a cooling capacity drop as well as corrosion of the water heat exchanger and pipe Check the water connection Check the water velocity Check the function of the flow switch The evaporator can freeze up if the flow switch is not able to operate Make sure that there is no air mixed in the water pipes Even ifthe air is removed at the beginning air can sometimes enter later Therefore bleed the system regularly Check the water filter 5 12 Part 5 Maintenance ESIE07 11 Maintenance Noise checks The table below contains the noise checks Inspection checks and actions Remarks Check for any abnormal noise m Locate the noise producing section and search the cause m If the cause of the noise cannot be located contact your dealer Part 5 Maintenance 5 13 Maintenance ESIE07 11 5 14 Part 5 Maintenance ESIE07 11 index C capacity tables EWAP AJYNN ooooccccccc tnt a a eee 1 60 changing the display ss corsa Mae As nets SER ae ARA ele ee ane eet eee Ae ht 3 38 changing
234. tional Description 2 79 Functional Control ESIE07 11 3 3 Thermostat Control Introduction The thermostat control is used to generate a load up or load down according to the active PID regulation Continuous loading and unloading uses 2 solenoid valves to control the screw compressor slide and thus its capacity Control is performed by outlet temperature Unit and In the following flow chart the unit startup management and shutdown procedures are shown as well compressor as the compressors loading and unloading strategy start up and shutdown procedure Unit Startup request Y Start of evap pump 30 s y Evaporator flow switch consent NO UNIT ALARM 005 within 20 s manufacturer set Evap Flow Alarm y PID operation start y Compressors start enabled PID requires LOAD PID requires STANDBY PID requires UNLOAD Y y y Y A new compressor is required No new compressor No compressor stop Compressor stop required required required A 4 w The compressor with lower y I Compressor complete unloading working hours is selected c max 30 s Compressors loading Unloading Y A 4 Opening and closing E Ive closi electronic expansion valve pre purge APansi n valve Closing Y w 3 s waiting Low pressure alarm disabling A 4 A 4 Li lay closi Waiting for the evaporating Ine reaycio
235. tions five 5 LED indicates m POWER yellow Remains On in presence of supply Remains Off in case of battery operation OPEN green Flashing during the valve opening On when valve is fully open CLOSE green Flashing during the valve closing On when valve is fully close Alarm red On or flashing in case of hardware alarm pLAN green On during the normal working of pLAN Alarm situations In presence of critical alarm situations the combination of the LED s will identify the alarm as shown below In case more than one alarm is present the alarm with the highest priority will be visualized Highest priority is level 7 Alarms that stop the system PRIORITY LED OPEN LEDCLOSE LEDPOWER LED ALARM Eprom reading error 7 Off Off On Flashing Valve open in case of lack of 6 Flashing Flashing On Flashing supply At start up wait for battery 5 Off On Flashing Flashing loading parameter Other alarms PRIORITY LED OPEN LED CLOSE LED POWER LED ERROR Motor connection error 4 Flashing Flashing On On Probe error 3 Off Flashing On On Eeprom writing error 2 On On Battery error 1 gt 5 Flashing On pLAN LED pLAN Connection OK On Driver connection or address error 0 Off 2 20 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 The Digital Controller 2 3 5 pCO Expansion Carel expansion The introduction of the Economizer functionality in the softwar
236. ts No Component 1 Condenser coil 2 Evaporator 3 Evaporator water inlet 4 Evaporator water outlet 5 Victaulic connections for 219 1 O D tube 6 Operating and control panel 7 360x150 slot for power and control panel connection 8 8 lifting shackles 9 8 isolator mounting holes 25 mm DIA 10 Coil protection guards optional 11 Compressors enclosure optional Version Condenser type Weight KG Isolators load KG Shipping Operating A B Cc D E F G H EWAPC10AJYNN A Aluminium EWAPC10AJYNN A Acrylic coated 6725 6980 1075 1155 885 955 845 865 600 600 OPRN EWAPC10AJYNN A Aluminium 6965 7220 1135 1215 945 1015 845 865 600 600 OPLN Acrylic coated EWAPC10AJYNN A EWAPC10AJYNN A OPRN Rubber isolators Type q ty 786010 m 4Pz 786010 w 4Pz EWAPC10AJYNN A OPLN Part 1 System Outline 1 47 General Outline ESIE07 11 EWAPC12AJYNN A The illustration below shows the outlook the dimensions and the installation and service space of the unit mm 2230 11870 py 40 ir s Control box Air discharge 6 0 I 1 Q a p p See detail B a Tra 7 TI ES WADY 6 ae g i LAS 4 4 he t t 7 sio l Soa sa _ 2065 Optional right hand Frame evaporator water 8 See detail A y ch Ag y 1500 N L G E G A el a 8 P
237. u to set the offset of the analog inputs Inputs Probes Offset B1 0 0 B2 0 0 B4 0 0 B5 0 0 Input Probes Offset B6 0 0 B7 0 0 B9 0 0 B10 0 0 This screen allows you to set the time to down load compressor before the pump down procedure starts Time to Download Compressor This screen allows you to set the reload and re unload AT DT to Reload and Re unload Comp 0 7 C m DT AT above and below setpoint to reload or re unload compressor Part 2 Functional Description 2 69 The Digital Controller ESIE07 11 Maintenance input If compressor 3 or 4 is present you can scroll between control board 1 comp 1 and 2 and control menu on control board 2 comp 3 and 4 board 2 comp 3 and 4 When you press the info button the following screens will appear for control board 2 m Compressor running data settings for comp 3 see page 2 66 m Compressor running data settings for comp 4 see page 2 66 m Probes enable screen see page 2 68 m Controller probes offset see page 2 69 2 70 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 The Digital Controller 2 4 11 Service Menu Operational information Compressor manual mode Service menu on control board 2 comp 3 and 4 Using this menu you can operate the different circuits in manual mode When the chiller is working in manual mode and a safety prevention is met LP prevention HP prevention Freeze pre
238. ubleshooting 3 23 Procedure for Software Upload Download ESIE07 11 Step Action 17 EN CA Carel_upload zzz O l x Fie Edt View Favorites Tools Hep Heak I Ases Foes G 2a OF X Ee Adress I cacerela upload N es OG Folders al Se Type Moi FA mina zl LJ 7 a 16 11 200 Simulation boards A 2CHLV3OMEGR iup 104KB JUP File 16 11 200 BT test Carel_upload fa 3CHLYSOWEFR up 105KB IUP File 16 11 200 8 C Training fa screvaomese up 104KB IUP File 16 11 200 O Training cs20 Select an item to view its description ba SCHLV3OMSIT Jup 104KB IUP File 16 11 200 CJ Trane BZ ld a Bios pco2 ver357 384KB BINFile 214074200 S Trane manual aa ja Boot pco2 ver301 16KB BIN File 11 06 200 B C0 travel reports Fe ry ja cHLV30M6 221KB BINFile 16 11 200 8 8 my Computer Fr wj ja CHLV30M6_6_29_HR200 dev SKB DEV File 10 12 200 E Local Disk C a a Apps LL BMSCONFIGBN O BMSCONFIGMB gt Skid aes All program files are placed into the upload folder now 66 CJ Burning software S O Carel R k Y Carel_upload emark fetes rg No old or other files may be placed into this only program files 8 a Documents and Settings oon awe je If you copy the files from a CD to this folder then the property of HC mamesz this files is read only disable read only CI MODSIM without time limit 6 0 MOVIES 68 My D
239. ve This screen allows you to select the expansion valve type type Expansion Valve Electronic Gas Type Possible settings m Electronic m Thermostatic not used Economizer setting This function is only used on EWAP AJYNN A This screen allows you to enable disable the economizer En Economizer Economizer On Economizer Off When Nis selected the economizer function is disabled EWAP AJYNN When Yis selected the economizer function is enabled EWAP AJYNN A When En Economizer Y is selected line 3 and line 4 will appear Economizer on economizer activation point Economizer off economizer switch off point 2 46 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 The Digital Controller Economizer motor protection Temp regulation Unit configuration Compressor timers This function is used only in EWAP AJYNNA A This screen allows you to set the economizer motor protection settings m Motor protection setp Economizer function is disabled when saturated discharge tempera ture gets above setpoint m Motor protection diff Economizer function is allowed again when saturated discharge tem perature gets below setp diff This screen allows you to set the settings of the PID regulation Temp Regulation Integral Time Derivative Time Integral time and derivative time are used by the PID regulation to calculate the actions needed to reach the setpoint Thi
240. vention the chiller will automatically switch over to normal auto mode This is to prevent the unit from tripping This function can only be used during commissioning or troubleshooting Key menu P Password J Switching between 2 control board 4 1 and 2 info Y Or E These screens allow you to operate a compressor in manual mode Compressor 1 Manual Load State Auto Compressor 2 Manual Load State Auto m Compressor 1 Compressor circuit 1 m Manual Load The requested load during manual mode 25 till 100 m State Auto Manual mode is disabled Manual Manual mode is enabled unit will work with manual load setpoint Off Compressor is disabled switched off Remark Switching between auto and manual mode can be done without compressor stop If compressor 3 or 4 is present you can scroll between control board 1 comp 1 and 2 and control board 2 comp 3 and 4 When you press the info button the following screens will appear for control board 2 m Compressor manual mode screens see page 2 71 Part 2 Functional Description 2 71 The Digital Controller ESIE07 11 2 4 12 Alarm Menu Operational Using this menu you can read out the actual alarm information When an alarm condition occurs the display buzzer starts Pressing the alarm key displays the current fault Pressing the alarm key twice stops the buzze
241. vice work is required on the evaporator Filter dryers A replacement of the filter drier is recommended during scheduled service maintenance of the unit when bubbles occur in the sight glass with normal sub cooling temperature The filter drier should also be changed if the moisture indicator in the sight glass indicates excess moisture by the wet system colour indicators During the first few months of operation the filter drier replacement may be necessary if you have bubbles in liquid line as explained before Any residual particles from the unit working process compressor and miscellaneous components are swept by the refrigerant into the liquid line and are caught by the filter drier To change the filter drier close the manual liquid line shutoff valve pump the unit down by opening the switches Q1 Q2 ON OFF switches compressors in off position Move the ON OFF switch unit QO to the off position Close the suction line valve Remove and replace the filter drier Evacuate the liquid line through the manual shutoff valve removing non condensable that may have entered during filter replacement Open the suction line valve open the manual liquid line of shutoff valve A leak check is recommended before returning the unit to operation Electronic EWAP BJ air cooled chiller is equipped with the most advanced electronic expansion valve to achieve expansion valve precise control of refrigerant mass flow As today s system re
242. wn ve dee eb chee ed hee ee PR AA eae al 5 11 Periodical CHECKS i a rested ts A AA Mee oie eR LES ane 5 12 5 13 preventive maintenance schedule ooooccoccocccocc e aaa aaa aaa aaa 5 8 seasonal shut down i 3 uc aone net i E OE Wee Sb eae Pea hed ee tle aed 5 10 start Up and ShUt dOWN ic a eve 5 9 System Maintenance iii a a eet da E dewalt 5 4 manual upload or download control test procedure oocooccoccccccocn eeee 3 48 Index ESIE07 11 O oil management safeties high oil DPralatte s susa ou ro oh a a de nad eh ede 2 113 pressure ratio alarm delay 06 ccc cette teen eeee 2 112 presstire ratio alarme iador wee it A aa 2 112 operational range EWAP AJYNN with option OPRN OPLN ooccccccccoc tte ee 2 6 EWAP AJYNN i 24 04 o aad ay A ane deeds heh ti ae les 2 4 EWAP AJYNN A with option OPRN OPLN 00 0 0000 cee 2 10 EWAP AJYNN A 2 tees endowed etd Sie eee ee ee dik ae eke ba Bee ea o 2 8 outlook drawing EWAPEAJYNNE as ara a a iaa EE EE 1 16 overview Oates e A WA o BU a A 3 5 P periodical checks electrical checks e aa eh ink a A o da Akg Aku 5 12 noise CNECKS ci a a bp el cia Ea ee 5 13 refrigeranticheckS ii A da da o TAAA td 5 12 Water CheCk saint rl pr A a tenn Rhee pale tae ew ae alee 5 12 pressure drop for partial heat recovery 2 6 ccc ete teens 4 10 pressure drop for total heat recovery 0 cece cette eee e eens 4 11 pressure safeties transduce
243. xpansion board is found When there is a problem with the RS485 communication the following screen will appear after the refresh procedure Wait Please Exp Not Linked Press Enter to Exit 2 56 Part 2 Functional Description ESIE07 11 The Digital Controller Reset all parameters to default values EXV settings Manufacturer settings on control board 2 comp 3 and 4 This screen allows you to reset all parameters to the default values Reset all Parameters to Default Values m U 1 Reset all parameters on control board 1 a Y Reset all parameters of this control board to the default values This screen allows you to enter the EXV setting password EXV Setting Insert Password If compressor 3 or 4 is present you can scroll between control board 1 comp 1 and 2 and control board 2 comp 3 and 4 with the info button When you press the info button the following screens will appear for control board 2 in the manufacturer menu Freeze Prevent Setpoint Diff m Setpoint Freeze prevention activation setpoint for evaporator 2 leaving water m Diff Freeze prevention reset difference RS485 Net Time Check Refresh m Time Check Time that the controller will refresh the RS485 net m Refresh Y _ Start the refreshing of the RS485 net Part 2 Functional Description 2 57 The Digital Controller ESIE07 11 Reset all Parameters to Defaul
244. y correction factor 0 991 0 982 0 972 0 961 0 946 Power input correction factor 0 996 0 992 0 986 0 976 0 966 Flow rate correction factor 1 013 1 040 1 074 1 121 1 178 Water pressure drops correction 1 070 1 129 1 181 1 263 1 308 factor The table below gives the low temperature operation performance factors Ethylene glycol water leavin ill ad o z 0 DN as 6 8 Max air ambient temperature C 40 39 38 37 36 35 EWAP AJYNN Max air ambient temp C A 44 43 42 41 40 39 units Cooling capacity correction 0 842 0 785 0 725 0 670 0 613 0 562 factor Power input compressors 0 95 0 94 0 92 0 89 0 87 0 84 correction factor Min of ethylene glycol Part 1 System Outline 1 73 General Outline ESIE07 11 1 13 Heat recovery ratings EWAP AJYNN amp EWAP AJYNN A p 165 133 99 R 181 146 108 2 197 160 118 S e 212 172 127 3 228 185 137 S 5 247 200 148 2 E 263 213 158 E X 279 226 168 2 T 295 239 177 5 e 311 252 187 BE 326 264 196 5 A 342 277 205 SYMBOLS HC Heating capacity kW LWPR Leaving desuper heaters water temperature C 1 74 Part 1 System Outline ESIE07 11 General Outline EWAP800 C14AJY NN Unit size LWTR w z 40 45 50 55 cc PI TRC CC

"service manual"

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

&quot;service manual&quot;

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

"service manual"